Technical Catalogue: Moulded Case Circuit Breaker

Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
Technical Catalogue
www.alfanar.com
Our Customer Care Commitments
Quality is Guaranteed
All products supplied from this catalogue carry
a guarantee against defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of 12 months from
date of purchase as standard.
Quality is Accredited
Terasaki has ISO 9001 accreditation for the
manufacture, sale and distribution of all
products featured in this catalogue. Ordering is Easy
We have made ordering easy for you by colour
Technical Support is Free coding the sections of this catalogue and including
We offer free technical support and application order codes
software to all customers. This could range from
selecting a product for an unusual application
through to carrying out a protection study.
10 Reasons To Use Tembreak 2
1. Field-installable Accessories
s Most accessories can be fitted by the switchboard builder or
added by the end-user.
s All accessories are endurance tested to the same level
as the host MCCB.
2. Safety Lock For Plug-in Versions

The plug-in MCCB is locked to the base when the toggle is ON.
It cannot be removed unless the toggle is OFF or TRIPPED.
The safety lock prevents a trip occurring while the MCCB is
being removed from the base. Safety lock is available
on plug-in MCCBs up to 800A.
Plug-in MCCB and base
3. Smaller 1000a Mccb

The new 1000A MCCB is only 213mm high by 210mm
wide - the same size as an 800A MCCB. This offers a
cost-effective and space-effective solution for large loads.
Previous New
1000A 1000A
MCCB MCCB
4. Superior Temperature Performance

Overheating is the most common cause of failure in electrical
switchgear. You can reduce the likelihood of overheating by
using switchgear with superior temperature performance.
We can offer TemBreak2 MCCBs for use at 50°C without
derating from 20A to 1600A.
5. Compact Interlocks
The mechanical interlock is installed on the front
of the MCCB, and fits underneath motor operators
and external operating handles. An automatic
changeover system can be assembled in a few
minutes by a switchboard builder on end-user.
Changeover Pair with Link Interlock Viewed from Below (250A frame)
Compact interlocks are available on MCCBs
and Motor Operators up to 800A.
3
10 Reasons To Use Tembreak 2
6. Circuit Breaker With Integral Residual Current Protection (Cbrs)

Terasaki CBRs deliver integrated protection from earth leakage
faults, overloads and short-circuits in one device. Ideal for the
mining industry, temporary site supplies, heavy industry and
commercial building use.
7. Direct Opening Action

Under the heading “Measures to minimise the risk in the event of
failure”. IEC 60204-1 Safety of Machinery-Electrical Equipment
of Machinery includes the following recommendation:
“-the use of switching devices having positive (or direct)
opening operation”.
8. Unsurpassed Flexibility
TemBreak2 offers:
s Electronic protection up to 3200A
s Measurement and data communication
s Thermal-magnetic protection (fixed and adjustable)
up to 800A
9. New 75mm Wide Mccb Up To 160a, 40ka

Save space and save money with our
Tembreak2 Lite 160A frame breaker.
10. Visual Safety

Coloured indicators display the
ON or OFF status.
The indicators are fully covered
if the breaker trips, and black is
the only visible colour.
ON (I) OFF (O) TRIPPED

Welcome To Tembreak 2
alfanar Terasaki have an innovative approach to product design.

Our goal is to develop products which not only meet,
but exceed recognised standards.
We use our knowledge of related applications to improve
circuit breaker designs. For instance, when developing
the Direct Opening Action, we applied ideas from
a machinery safety standard to the design of the
TemBreak 2 switching mechanism.
This pro-active development policy confirms our
reputation as Innovators in Protection Technology.
Machine Safety
Opening force is Contacts separated Maintenance can
transmitted be performed on
directly from the load side
the toggle switch
TemBreak 2 MCCBs are marked with IEC symbol indicating

Direct Opening Action.
The robust mechanism ensures that the force you apply
to the toggle is transmitted directly to the contacts.
Under the heading “Measures to minimise risk in the event of

failure”, IEC 60204-1 Safety of Machinery - Electrical
Equipment of Machines includes the following
recommendation:
TemBreak 2 MCCBs help you to comply with the world’s most

stringent safety standards. It is one of the safest switching
devices for machinery.
5
Welcome To Tembreak 2
Visual Safety
You can easily see if a breaker is open, closed or tripped. SAFETY+ coloured
indicators boldly display the ON or OFF status. The indicators are fully covered if
a breaker trips, and black is the only visible colour.
This is a unique safety feature. You can identify faulty circuits at a glance.
The toggle position always matches the position of the main contacts.
ON (I) OFF (O) TRIPPED
Touch Safety
The risk of touching live parts has been minimised by design.
These features reduce the risk of touching live parts:
s There are no exposed metal screws on the front face
s IP20 protection at the terminals
s IP30 protection at the toggle
s If the toggle is broken by accident or misuse, no live part is exposed
s No live parts are exposed when fitting accessories
s Double Insulation
WELCOME TO TEMBREAK 2
Exceeding Standards
Safety Plus
TemBreak 2 MCCBs exceed the requirements of recognised
standards.
International Compliance
s The TemBreak 2 MCCB complies with the international
standard IEC 60947-2
s TemBreak 2 Switch Disconnectors comply with
IEC 60947-3
s Accessories comply with IEC 60947-5-1
s The entire range conforms to the IEC general rules
for switchgear, IEC 60947-1
s TemBreak 2 MCCBs comply with JIS C 8201-2-1 Ann.1
s The TemBreak 2 range complies with the EC Low
Voltage Directive and all models are CE marked
s TemBreak 2 MCCBs carry the IEC symbol indicating
Direct Opening Action as defined by IEC 60947-5-1.
IEC 60204-1, Safety of Machinery - Electrical
Equipment of Machines recommends that switches
used for machinery have Direct Opening Action to
minimise risk in the event of failure
s TemBreak 2 MCCBs have breaking capacity ratings according
to the NEMA AB1 Standard
Independent Tests
TemBreak 2 circuit breakers have been tested at independent
laboratories as well as in Terasaki's own laboratory in
Osaka, Japan. Copies of independent test reports are available
on request.
Marine Approvals
TemBreak 2 MCCBs are approved by the leading marine
approval organisations.
7
WELCOME TO TEMBREAK 2
Reducing Environmental Impact
Longer Life Cycle

It makes good environmental sense to install a product
with a long life expectancy. If you install a TemBreak 2
MCCB, you can expect it to stay in service for at least
30,000 mechanical operations (250A Frame). This is
1 22,000 more operations than recommended by
IEC 60947-2, the international standard for circuit breakers.
If a system must be upgraded in future, we have made
the following provisions for recycling:
1 The modular design of TemBreak 2 allows component
parts and accessories to be easily disassembled and
separately disposed of. Moulded parts do not contain any
embedded metal parts.
2 Materials are clearly marked to allow future identification
for easy recycling.
2 Uses Eco-friendly Materials

The following materials are used in most TemBreak 2 circuit
breakers:
s Thermoplastic resin not containing PBBs or PBDEs
s Lead-free solder
s Cadmium-free contacts
Lighter and Smaller

Components with low weight and volume make life easy
for users, but high performance from smaller products also
means less material used and less waste produced.
9
CONTENTS
SECTION 1
TEMBREAK 2 & TEMBREAK
MCCBs FROM 12A TO 3200A MCCBs FOR 1000V AC
MCCBs FOR 1000V DC MCCBs WITH INTEGRAL RCD
SWITCH DISCONNECTORS MEASUREMENT AND DATA COMMUNICATION
RATINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 1
PROTECTION CHARACTERISTICS SECTION 2
APPLICATION DATA SECTION 3
ACCESSORIES SECTION 4
INSTALLATION SECTION 5
DIMENSIONS SECTION 6
ORDER CODES SECTION 7

RATINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Frame Reference TB2 Lite 160 TB2 Lite 250 TB2 S125 TB2 S250 TB2 S/H/L 250 TB2 H/L 400 TB2 E/S 630
Max. In (A) of Frame 160 250 125 250 250 400 630
TEMBREAK 2 S125-NJ S160-NJ H125-NJ E400-NJ
MOULDED CASE
CIRCUIT S125-GJ S160-GJ L125-NJ S400-CJ
BREAKERS
S250-NJ H160-NJ S400-NJ
S250-GJ L160-NJ S400-GJ
H250-NJ S400-PJ
L250-NJ H400-NE S400-NE
S250-NE L400-NE S400-GE
S250-GE S400-PE
S250-PE S630-CE
H250-NE E630-NE
S630-GE
TEMBREAK 2 L125-PJ L400-PE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
Icu = 70KA AT
690V Ac
TEMBREAK 2 VS125-NJ VS250-NJ XV400NE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
FOR
1000V Ac
TEMBREAK 2 ZE125-NJ ZE250-NJ

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH ZS125-NJ ZS250-NJ
INTEGRAL NEW 400A
RESIDUAL ZS125-GJ ZS250-GJ CBR
COMING SOON!
CURRENT CONTACT US
PROTECTION FOR DETAILS
(CBR)
TEMBREAK 2 S160-SD S250-SD PVS160-SDL PVS400-NDL S400-ND

CIRCUIT PVS160-SDH
S160-GD S250-GD PVS400-NDH
BREAKERS AND PVS160-SNL
SWITCH- S160-SDN S250-SDN PVS160-SNH PVS400-NNL
DISCONNECTORS PVS400-NNH
FOR USE ABOVE PVS250-SDL
250V DC PVS250-SDH
PVS250-SNL
PVS250-SNH
TEMBREAK 2 S160-SN S250-SN S125-NN S250-NN S400-NN
SWITCH
DISCONNECTORS
11
TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1000 TB2 1250 TB2 1600 TB 3200
800 1000 1250 1600 3200
CONTENTS SECTION 1
S800-CJ S1250-SE S1600-SE XS2000-NE
S800-NJ S1250-NE S1600-NE XS2500-NE
S800-RJ S1250-GE XS3200-NE
S800-NE
S800-RE
S1000-SE
S1000-NE
H800-NE
L800-NE
L800-PE
XV630PE XV1250NE
XV800PE
PVS800-NDL S800-ND XS1250ND XS1600ND XS2000ND

PVS800-NDH S1000-ND XS2500ND
PVS800-NNL
XS32000ND
PVS800-NNH
S800-NN S1250-NN S1600-NN XS2000-NN

XS2500-NN
Tembreak 1. Frame sizes vary from TemBreak 2.

Contact alfanar

TEMBREAK 2 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MCCB Electrical Characteristics to IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, JIS C 8201-2-1 ANN.1, AS/NZS 3947-2, NEMA AB-1
Frame Reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 S125
Max In (A) of Frame 125
Model S125 S125
Number of Poles 3, 4 3,4
Type NJ GJ
Nominal current ratings

In (A) 50°C 20,32,50, 20,32,50,
63,100,125 63,100,125
Electrical characteristics
Rated operational voltage Ue (V) AC 50/60 Hz 690 690
DC 250 250
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 690V AC 6 6

(IEC, JIS, AS/NZS) 525V AC 22 25
440V AC 25 50
400/415V AC 36 65
220/240V AC 50 85
250V DC 25 40
Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 690V AC 6 6

440V AC 25 25
400/415V AC 36/30 36/33
220/240V AC 50 85
250V DC 19 40
Rated breaking capacity (NEMA) (kA) 480V AC 22 25

240VAC 50 85
Protection
Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic
Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic
Microprocessor
Utilisation category A A
Installation
Front connection (FC)
Extension bar (FB)
Cable clamp (FW)
Rear connection (RC)
Plug-in (PM)
DIN rail mounting (DA)
Dimensions height (mm) 155 155
width (mm) 3 pole, (1 pole) 90 90
4 pole 120 120
depth (mm) 68 68
Weight weight (kg) 3 pole, (1 pole) 1.1 1.1
4 pole 1.4 1.4
Operation
Direct Opening Action
Toggle operation
Door mounted (HS) / Breaker mounted handle (HB)
Motor operation (MC)
Endurance Electrical cycles 415V AC

Mechanical cycles 30,000
30,000
MCCBs have breaking capacity rating according to NEMA, our products do not comply with the full NEMA AB 1 standard.
13
SECTION 1
TB2 S250 TB2 S/H/L 250
160 250 125 160 250
S160 S160 S250 S250 H125 L125 H160 L160 S250 S250
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
NJ GJ NJ GJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NE GE
20,32,50, 50,63,100, 160 160 20,32, 20,32, 160 160 40 40

63,100, 125,160 200 200 50,63, 50,63, 125 125
125,160 250 250 100, 100, 160 160
125 125 250 250
690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 - -
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
7.5 (5*) 7.5 7.5 7.5 20 25 20 25 7.5 7.5

25 (18*) 25 25 25 45 65 45 65 25 25
25 (18*) 50 25 50 120 180 120 180 25 50
36 (30*) 65 36 65 125 200 125 200 36 65
65 (42*) 85 65 85 150 200 150 200 65 85
40 (30*) 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 - -
7.5 (5*) 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 20 15 20 7.5 7.5

25 (18*) 25 25 25 45 65 45 65 25 25
25 (18*) 25 25 25 80 135 80 135 25 25
36 (25*) 36 36 36 85 150 85 150 36 36
65 (35*) 85 65 85 150 150 150 150 65 85
40 (25*) 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 - -
22 (18*) 25 22 25 45 65 45 65 25 25
65 (42*) 85 65 85 150 200 150 200 65 85
A A A A A A A A A A

** **
- - - - - - - - - -
165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165
105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105
140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
68 68 68 68 103 103 103 103 103 103
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.3
1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1

20,000 10,000 30,000 20,000 10,000

30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000
Standard Optional - Not Available *Applies only to 20A and 32A models **Max. rating 200A for Plug-in
Frame Reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 S/H/L 250
Model S250 H250 H250 L250
Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Type PE NJ NE NJ

In (A) 50°C 40, 160, 40, 160
125 250 125 250
160 160
250 250
Rated operational voltage Ue (V) AC 50/60 Hz 690 690 690 690
DC - 250 - 250
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 8
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 690V AC 20 20 20 25

(IEC, JIS, AS/NZS) 525V AC 35 45 45 65
440V AC 50 120 120 180
400/415V AC 70 125 125 200
220/240V AC 125 150 150 200
250V DC - 40 - 40
Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 690V AC 15 15 15 20

(IEC, JIS, AS/NZS) 525V AC 35 45 45 65
440V AC 50 80 80 135
400/415V AC 70 85 85 150
220/240V AC 125 150 150 150
250V DC - 40 - 40
Rated breaking capacity (NEMA) (kA) 480V AC 35 45 45 65

240V AC 125 150 150 200
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 0.3 Seconds - - - -
Protection
Microprocessor
Utilisation category A A A A
Installation
Extension bar (FB)
Cable clamp (FW)
Plug-in (PM) - -
DIN rail mounting (DA) - - - -
Dimensions height (mm) 165 165 165 165
width (mm) 3 pole 105 105 105 105
(mm) 4 pole 140 140 140 140
depth (mm) 103 103 103 103
Weight weight (kg) 3 pole 2.5 2.4 2.5 2.4
4 pole 3.3 3.2 3.3 3.2
Operation
Toggle operation
Motor operation (MC)
30,000
15
SECTION 1
TB2 H/L 400 TB2 E/S 630
400 630
H400 L400 E400 S400 S400 S400 S400 S400 S400 S400 E630 S630 S630
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3,4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
NE NE NJ CJ NJ NE GJ GE PJ PE NE CE GE
250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250, 630 630 630
400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
690 690 525 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
- - 250 250 250 - 250 - 250 - - - -
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
35 50 - 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 20 20
45 65 15 22 30 30 30 30 30 30 15 30 30
120 180 22 30 45 45 65 65 80 80 25 45 65
125 200 25 36 50 50 70 70 85 85 36 50 70
150 200 35 50 85 85 100 100 100 100 50 85 100
- - 25 40 40 - 40 - 40 - - - -
35 50 - 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 15 15
45 65 15 22 30 30 30 30 30 30 15 30 30
80 135 22 30 45 45 50 50 80 80 25 45 50
85 150 25 36 50 50 50 50 85 85 36 50 50
150 150 35 50 85 85 85 85 85 85 50 85 85
- - 19 40 40 - 40 - 40 - - - -
45 65 15 22 25 25 30 30 30 30 15 25 30
150 200 35 50 85 85 100 100 100 100 50 85 100
5 5 - - - 5 - 5 - 5 - -
B B A A A B A B A B A A A

- - -

- - - - - - - - - - - - -
260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260
140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185
140 140 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103
7.1 7.1 4.2 4.3 4.2 4.3 4.2 4.3 4.2 4.3 5.0 5.0 5.0
9.4 9.4 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.7 5.6 5.7 5.6 5.7 6.5 6.5 6.5

4,500
15,000
Standard Optional - Not Available MCCB cannot be used in IT systems at this voltage.
Frame reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 H/L 800
Model H800 L800
Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4
Type NE NE

In (A) 50°C 630 630
800 800
DC - -
440V AC 125 180
400/415V AC 125 200
220/240V AC 150 200
250V DC - -
440V AC 94 135
400/415V AC 94 150
220/240V AC 150 150
250V DC - -
Rated breaking capacity (NEMA) (kA) 480V AC 40 45
240V AC 150 200
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 0.3 Seconds 10 10
Protection
Microprocessor
Utilisation category B B
Installation
Front connection (FC) - -
Extension bar (FB)
Cable clamp (FW - -
Rear connection (RC) t t
Plug-in (PM) t t
DIN rail mounting (DA) - -
width (mm) 3 pole 210 210
4 pole 280 280
depth (mm) 140 140
Weight weight (kg) 3 pole
4 pole
Operation
Toggle operation
Door mounted (HS) / Breaker mounted handle (HB) t t
Motor operation (MC) t t
Endurance Electrical 690V AC

cycles 10,000
Standard Optional - Not Available
17
SECTION 1
TB2 1000 TB2 1250 TB2 1600
1000 1250 1600
S800 S800 S800 S800 S800 S1000 S1000 S1250 S1250 S1250 S1600 S1600
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
CJ NJ RJ NE RE SE NE SE NE GE SE NE
630 630 630 630 630 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250 1600 1600
800 800 800 800 800
690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
250 250 250 - - - - - - - - -
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 20 25 20 25 20 25 20 25 45 20 45
15 30 45 30 35 30 45 30 45 65 30 65
30 50 65 50 65 45 65 45 65 85 45 85
36 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 70 100/85 50 100/85
50 85 100 85 100 85 100 85 100 125 85 125
50 50 50 - - - - - - - - -
10 20 20 20 20 15 20 15 20 34 15 34
15 30 34 30 30 23 34 23 34 50 23 50
30 50 50 50 50 34 50 34 50 65 34 65
36 50 50 50 50 38 50 38 50 75/65 38 75/65
50 85 75 85 75 65 75 65 75 94 65 94
50 50 50 - - - - - - - - -
15 30 45 30 35 30 45 30 45 65 30 65
50 85 100 85 100 85 100 85 100 125 85 125
- - - 10 10 - - 15 15 15 20 20
A A A B B A A B B B B B
- - - - - - -
t t t t t t t
t t t t t - - - - - - -
t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t - - t t t - -
- - - - - - - - - - - -
273 273 273 273 273 273 273 370 370 370 370 370
210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210
280 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 280
103 103 103 103 103 103 103 120 120 120 140 140
8.5 8.5 8.5 11.0 11.0 19.8 19.8 19.8 27.0 27.0
11.5 11.5 11.5 14.8 14.8 25.0 25.0 25.0 35.0 35.0
t t t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t t t
4,000 4,000 2,000

10,000 5,000 5,000
100KA at 400V 8.7kg 630A, 9.1kg 800A 16.8kg 630A, 18.8kg 800A Not fully rated at 50ºC,
MCCB cannot be used in refer to temperature ratings
75KA at 400V 11.9kg 630A, 12.3kg 800A pages 147 - 150
IT systems at this voltage
630A only 13.3kg 630A, 14.8kg 800A
TEMBREAK MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Frame reference Quantity Unit Condition TB 3200

Model XS2000 XS2500
Type NE NE

In (A) 50°C 2000 2500
Ui (V) 690 690
Rated insulation voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8
Rated impulse withstand voltage
440V AC 85 85
400/415V AC 100/85 100/85
220/240V AC 125 125
250V DC - -
440V AC 64 64
400/415V AC 75/64 75/64
220/240V AC 94 94
250V DC - -
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 0.3 Seconds 42 42
Protection
Microprocessor
Utilisation category B B
Installation
Front connection (FC) - -
Extension bar (FB) t -
Cable clamp (FW - -
Plug-in (PM) - -
4 pole 429 429
depth (mm) 185 185
Weight weight (kg) 3 pole 54 63
4 pole 67 78
Operation
Direct Opening Action - -
Toggle operation
Door mounted (HS) / Breaker mounted handle (HB) OHE TYPE OHE TYPE
Endurance Electrical cycles 690V AC 500 500

Mechanical cycles 2500 2500
19
SECTION 1
TB 3200
3200
XS3200
3
NE
3200
690
690
8
45
65
85
100/65
125
-
42
50
65
75/65
94
-
38 (0.5s)
-
-
-
-
-
450
320
-
185
65
-
OHE TYPE
t
500
2500
MCCB cannot be used in IT systems at this voltage

TEMBREAK 2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH ICU = 70KA @ 690V AC
MCCB Electrical Characteristics to IEC 60947-2, EN60947-2, JIS C 8201-2-1 ANN.1, AS/NZS 3947-2
Frame Reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 H/L 250 TB2 H/L 400 TB2 H/L 800
Maximum In (A) of Frame 250 400 800
Model L125 L400 L800
Number of Poles 3 3 3
Type PJ PE PE
Nominal current Ratings
In (A) 50°C 25,32,50,60, 250,400 630,800
100,125
Rated operational voltage Ue (V) AC 50/60 Hz 690 690 690
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800
Rated impulse voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 690V AC 70 70 70

(IEC, JIS,AS/NZS)
Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 690V AC 33 50 50

(IEC, JIS,AS/NZS)
Rated short-time withstand Icw (kA) 0.3 Seconds - 5 10
Protection
Microprocessor
Utilisation Category A B B
Installation
Front Connection (FC) - -
Extension Bar (FB) t - -
Cable Clamp (FW) - - -
Rear Connection (RC) t
Plug-in (PM) t t t
Din Rail Mounting (DA) - - -
Dimensions: height (mm) 165 260 273
width (mm) 3 pole 105 140 210
depth (mm) 103 140 140
Weight weight (kg) 3 pole 2.4 7.1
Operation
Toggle operation
Door mounted (HS)/ Breaker mounted handle (HB) t t t
Motor operation t t t
Endurance Electrical cycles 690V AC 1,000 1,000 500

Mechanical cycles 7,000 4,000 2,500
13.3kg/630A, 14.8kg/800A Refer temperature rating table pages 168 - 169 Standard Optional - Not Available
21
TEMBREAK 2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR 1000V AC
MCCB Electrical Characteristics to IEC 60947-2, EN60947-2, JIS C 8201-2-1 ANN.1
SECTION 1
Frame Reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 S 125 TB2 S250
Maximum In (A) 125 250
Model VS125 VS250
Number of Poles 3 3
Type NJ NJ
CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR 1000V AC ARE AVAILABLE UP TO 1250A. ASK FOR DETAILS.
In (A) 50°C 20,32 50,63,100 160,250
125
Electrical characteristics:
Rated operational voltage Ue (V) AC 50/60 Hz 1100 1100 1100
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1100 1100 1100
Rated impulse voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 1100V AC 4 6 6

(IEC, JIS,AS/NZS)
Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 1100V AC 4 4 4

(IEC, JIS,AS/NZS)
Protection
Utilisation Category A A A
Installation
Front Connection (FC)
Extension Bar (FB) t t t
Cable Clamp (FW) t t t
Rear Connection (RC) t t t
Plug-in (PM) t t t
Din Rail Mounting (DA) - - -
Dimensions: height (mm) 155 155 165
width (mm) 3 pole 90 90 105
depth (mm) 68 68 68
Weight weight (kg) 3 pole 1.1 1.1 1.5
Operation:
Toggle operation
Door mounted (HS)/ Breaker mounted handle (HB) t t t
Motor operation t t t
Endurance Electrical cycles 1100V AC 1,000 1,000 1,000

Mechanical cycles 7,000 7,000 7,000

TEMBREAK 2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTEGRAL RESIDUAL CURRENT
PROTECTION (CBR) MCCB Electrical Characteristics to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-2, IEC 60947-2 ANNEX B, IEC 60755
Frame reference Quantity Unit Condition
Maximum In (A) of Frame
Model
Number of Poles
Type
In (A) 50°C
Rated operational voltage Ue (V) AC 50/60 Hz
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse voltage Uimp (kV)
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 525V AC

(IEC, JIS,AS/NZS) 440V AC
400/415V AC
220/240V AC
Service breaking capacity Icu (kA) 525V AC

(IEC, JIS,AS/NZS) 440V AC
400/415V AC
220/240V AC
Protection
Adjustable thermal, fixed magnetic
Residual current protection, Type A
Utilisation Category
Installation
Front Connection (FC)
Extension Bar (FB)
Cable Clamp (FW)
Rear Connection (RC)
Plug-in (PM)
Din Rail Mounting (DA)
Dimensions: height (mm)
width (mm) 3 pole
4 pole
depth (mm)
Weight weight (kg) 3 pole
4 pole
Operation
Toggle operation
Door mounted (HS)/ Breaker mounted handle (HB)
Motor operation
Residual Current Monitor and Remote Trip Module

Mechanical cycles
23
SECTION 1
NEW 400A CBR COMING SOON. ASK US FOR DETAILS.
TB2 S125 TB2 S250
125 250
ZE125 ZS125 ZS125 ZE250 ZS250 ZS250
3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4
NJ NJ GJ NJ NJ GJ
20,32 20,32 20,32 160,250 160,250 160,250

50,63 50,63 50,63
100,125 100,125 100,125
525 525 525 525 525 525

525 525 525 525 525 525
8 8 8 8 8 8
8 22 25 10 25 25
15 25 50 15 25 50
25 36 65 25 36 65
35 50 85 35 65 85
6 22 22 7.5 25 25
12 25 25 12 25 25
19 36/30 36/33 19 36 36
27 50 85 27 65 85
A A A A A A
t t t t t t
t t t t t t
t t t t t t
- - - - - -
t t t t t t
155 155 155 165 165 165
90 90 90 105 105 105
120 120 120 140 140 140
68 68 68 68 68 68
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5
1.4 1.4 1.4 1.9 1.9 1.9
t t t t t t
t t t t t t
t t t t t t
30,000 10,000
30,000 10,000

MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR USE ABOVE 250V DC
Frame reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 Lite 160
Model S160 S160
Number of Poles 3 3
Type SD GD

In (A) 50°C 25,32,40, 25,32,40,
63,80,100, 63,80,100,
125,160 125,160
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) AC 50/60 Hz 690 690
Rated impulse voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 1000V DC - -

(IEC, JIS) 750V DC - -
600V DC 5 10
500V DC 7.5 15
350V DC 10 -
Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 1000V DC - -

(IEC, JIS) 750V DC - -
600V DC 5 5
500V DC 7.5 7.5
350V DC 10 -
Protection
Magnetic trip only (adjustable)
Installation
Extension bar (FB) t t
Plug-in (PM) - -
Dimensions height (mm) 130+50 130+50
4 pole - -
depth (mm) 68 68
weight (kg) 3 pole 0.8 0.8
Weight 4 pole - -
Operation
Toggle operation
Breaker mounted (HB) t t
Door mounted (HS) t t
Motor operation - -
Endurance Electrical cycles 1000V DC - -

750V DC
350 - 600V DC 1,000 1,000
Mechanical cycles - 7,000 7,000
25
SECTION 1
TB2 Lite 250 TB2 S250
250 250
S250 S250 PVS160 PVS160 PVS250 PVS250
3 3 3(4) 4 3(4) 4
SD GD SDL SDH SDL SDH
100,125 100,125 50 50 100 100

160,200, 160,200, 63 63 125 125
250 250 100 100 160 160
125 125 200 200
160 160 250 250
800 800 800 1000 800 1000

8 8 8 8 8 8
- - - 5 - 5
- - 5(10) - 5(10) -
5 10
7.5 15
10 -
- - - 5 - 5
- - 5(5) - 5(5) -
5 5 - - - -
7.5 7.5 - - - -
10 - - - - -
t t t t t t
t t t t t t
- - - - - -
- - - - - -
165+55 165+55 165+55 x 2 165+55 x 2 165+55 x 2 165+55 x 2
105 105 105 - 105 -
- - 140 140 140 140
68 68 68 68 68 68
1.5 1.5 1.5 - 1.5 -
- - 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
t t t t t t
t t t t t t
t t t t t t
- - - 1,000 - 1,000
- - 1,000 - 1,000 -
1,000 1,000 - - - -
7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
Connect all poles in series when over DC250V Includes the dimensions of the terminal cover (Mandatory)
The time constant (L/R) of the circuit should be less than 2.0ms nearby
rated current less than 5ms for short circuit < 10kA less than 10ms for
short circuit < 20kA less than 15ms for short circuit > 20kA
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR USE ABOVE 250V DC
Frame reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 E/S 400 TB2 H/L 400
Max In (A) of Frame 400 400
Model S400 PVS400
Number of Poles 3 3 (4)
Type ND NDL

In (A) 50°C 250,400 250,400
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) AC 50/60 Hz 800 800 (1150)
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 1000V DC - -

(IEC, JIS) 750V DC - 10
600V DC 15 -
500V DC 15 -
350V DC 20 -
Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 1000V DC - -

(IEC, JIS) 750V DC - 5 (10)
600V DC 15 -
500V DC 15 -
350V DC 20 -
Protection
Magnetic trip only (adjustable)
Installation
Plug-in (PM) - -
4 pole - 185
depth (mm) 103 103
weight (kg) 3 pole 4.2 4.2
Weight 4 pole - 5.6
Operation

Toggle operation
Breaker mounted (HB) t t
Motor operation t t

750V DC - 1,000
350 - 600V DC 1,000 -
Mechanical cycles - 4,000 4,000
27
SECTION 1
TB2 H/L 400 TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1000 TB 1250 TB 1600 TB 3200
400 800 800 1000 1250 1600 3200
PVS400 PVS800 PVS800 S800 S1000 XS1250 XS1600 XS2000 XS2500 XS3200
4 3 (4) 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
NDH NDL NDH ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
250,400 630,800 630,800 630,800 1,000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200
1150 800 (1150) 1150 800 800 690 690 690 690 690
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
5 - 5 - - - - - - -
- 10 - - -
- - - 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
- - - 20 20 50 50 50 50 50
- - - 30 30 50 50 50 50 50
5 - 5 - - - - - - -
- 10 - - - - - - - -
- - - 10 10 15 15 15 15 15
- - - 10 10 25 25 25 25 25
- - - 15 15 25 25 25 25 25
- - - - - - - - -
t t t - -
t t t t t t
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
260 273 273 273 273 370 370 450 450 450
- 210 - 210 210 210 210 320 320 320
185 280 280 - - - - - - -
103 103 103 103 103 140 140 185 185 185
- 8.5 - 8.5 10.8 26.0 27.0 54.0 62.5 62.5
5.6 11.5 11.5 - - - - - - -
- - -
t t t t t t t - - -
t t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t t
- - 500 - - - - - - -
1,000 500 - - - - - - - -
- - - 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
4,000 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500
Connect all poles in series when over DC250V
Fixed Depth (not adjustable)
SWITCH-DISCONNECTORS FOR USE ABOVE 250V DC
MCCB Electrical Characteristics to IEC 60947-3, EN60947-3, JIS C 8201-3
Frame reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 Lite 160 TB2 Lite 250
Model S160 S250
Number of Poles 3 3
Type SDN SDN

In (A) 160 250
Rated operational voltage Ue (V) DC 600 600
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) AC 50/60 Hz 690 800
Rated short circuit making capacity Icm (kA peak) 2 3

Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA rms) 0.3 seconds 2 3
Utilisation category to IEC 60947-3 DC DC-22A DC-22A
Installation
Plug-in (PM) - -
DIN rail mounting (DA) t -
4 pole - -
depth (mm) 68 68

4 pole - -
Operation
Toggle operation
Breaker mounted handle (HB) t t
Motor operation - t

800V DC - -
600V DC 1,000 1,000
Mechanical cycles 7,000 7,000
29
SECTION 1
TB2 S250 TB2 H/L 400 TB2 H/L 800
250 400 800
PVS160 PVS160 PVS250 PVS250 PVS400 PVS400 PVS800 PVS800
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
SNL SNH SNL SNH NNL NNH NNL NNH
160 160 250 250 400 400 630 630

800 800
800 1000 800 1000 800 1000 800 1000

800 1000 800 1000 1150 1150 1150 1150
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
3 3 3 3 9 9 17 17
3 3 3 3 5 5 10 10
DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A
- -
t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
165+55 x 2 165 + 55 x 2 165+55 x 2 165+55 x 2 260 260 273 273
- - - - - - - -
140 140 140 140 185 185 280 280
68 68 68 68 103 103 103 103
- - - - - - - -
1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 5.6 5.6 11.5 11.5
t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t
- 1,000 - 1,000 - 1,000 - 500

1,000 - 1,000 - 1,000 - 500 -
- - - - - - - -
7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 4,000 4,000 2,500 2,500
Connect all poles in series.

Includes the dimensions of the terminal cover (mandatory).
SWITCH-DISCONNECTORS
MCCB Electrical Characteristics to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3, AS/NZS 60947-3
Frame reference Quantity Unit Condition TB2 Lite 160 TB2 Lite 250
Model S160 S250
Type SN SN
Ie (A) 160 250
DC 250 250
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA peak) 2.8 6
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA rms) 0.3 Seconds 2 3
Utilisation category to IEC 60947-3 AC AC-23A AC-23A
DC DC-22A DC-22A
Installation
Cable clamp (FW) t t
Plug-in (PM) - -
Draw-out (DR) - -
DIN rail mounting (DA) t -
4 pole 100 140
depth (mm) 68 68
4 pole 0.9 1.9
Operation

Toggle operation
t t
Endurance Electrical cycles 415V AC 10,000 6000
Mechanical cycles 20,000 18000
31
SECTION 1
SWITCH DISCONNECTORS ARE AVAILABLE UP TO 2500A. ASK US FOR DETAILS.
TBS S125 TB2 S250 TB2 E/S 630 TB2 1000 TB21250 TB2 1600
125 160 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600
S125 S160 S250 S400 S630 S800 S1000 S1250 S1600
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
NN NN NN NN NN NN NN NN NN
125 160 250 400 630 630 1000 1250 1600

800
690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690

250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
3.6 6 6 9 9 17 17 32 45
2 3 3 5 5 10 10 15 20
AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A
DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A
- - -
t t t t t t t
t t t t t - - - -
t t t t t t t t
t t t t t - t -
- - - - - t - t t
t - - - - - - - -
155 165 165 260 260 273 273 370 370
90 105 105 140 140 210 210 210 210
120 140 140 185 185 280 280 280 280
68 68 68 103 103 103 103 120 140
1.1 1.5 1.5 4.2 4.4 10.4 18.2 24.9
1.4 1.9 1.9 5.6 5.8 14.0 23.4 32.9
t t t t t t t t t
t t t t t t t t t
30,000 10,000 10,000 4,500 4,500 4,000 4,000 2,000
30,000 30,000 30,000 15,000 15,000 10,000 5,000 5,000
8.0kg/630A, 8.5kg/800A
11.0kg/630A, 11.5kg/800A
7.6kA/0.1sec.
Contact alfanar for details
33
CONTENTS
SECTION 2

PROTECTION CHARACTERISTICS
Frame Reference TB2 Lite 160 TB2 Lite 250 TBS 125 TB2 S250 TB2 S/H/L 250 TB2 H/L 400 TB2 E/S 630
Max. In (A) of Frame 160 250 125 250 250 400 630
MOULDED CASE
BREAKERS
S250-NJ
S250-GJ
H160-NJ
L160-NJ
S400-NJ
S400-GJ
H250-NJ S400-PJ
L250-NJ H400-NE S400-NE
S250-NE L400-NE S400-GE
S250-GE S400-PE
S250-PE S630-CE
H250-NE E630-NE
S630-NE
S630-GE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
Icu = 70KA AT
690V Ac

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
FOR
1000V Ac
TEMBREAK 2
CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
ZE125-NJ ZE250-NJ NEW 400A

INTEGRAL
RESIDUAL CBR
ZS125-NJ ZS250-NJ COMING SOON!
CURRENT CONTACT US
PROTECTION ZS125-GJ ZS250-GJ FOR DETAILS
(CBR)
CIRCUIT S160-SD S250-SD PVS160-SDL PVS400-NDL S400-ND

BREAKERS AND
S160-GD S250-GD PVS160-SDH PVS400-NDH 350V DC
SWITCH-
DISCONNECTORS S160-SDN S250-SDN PVS250-SDL
FOR USE ABOVE PVS250-SDH S400-ND
250V DC 600V DC
35
TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1000 TB2 1250 TB2 1600 TB 3200
800 1000 1250 1600 3200
CONTENTS SECTION 2
S800-CJ S1250-SE S1600-NE XS2000NE
S800-NJ S1250-NE S1600-SE XS2500NE
XS3200NE
S800-RJ
S800-NE
S1250-GE

S800-RE
H800-NE S1000-SE
L800-NE S1000-NE

L800-PE
XV630PE XV1250NE
XV800PE

PVS800-NDL S800-ND XS1250ND XS1600ND XS2000ND
PVS800-NDH S1000-ND XS2500ND
XS3200ND
Except L400-PE, L800-PE, S1250 and S1600

TemBreak 1. Frame sizes vary from Tembreak 2.
Contact alfanar for protection characteristics.
TEMBREAK 2 ADJUSTABLE THERMAL AND ADJUSTABLE
MAGNETIC PROTECTION
Thermal Magnetic trip units are especially suited to the following applications:
s Installations where harmonic distortion of current waveforms is likely.
They operate inherently on the root mean square (rms) heating effect of current.
s DC circuits. Refer to section 3“MCCBs in DC SYSTEMS” for more information.
3 Pole MCCB with Adjustable Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Characteristics
All standard 3 pole and 4 pole TemBreak 2 thermal magnetic models have adjustable thermal and
adjustable magnetic characteristics.
Traditionally, thermal magnetic MCCBs have had adjustable thermal with fixed magnetic
characteristics. The fixed magnetic element can limit the application of the MCCB.
An adjustable magnetic characteristic allows short-circuit protection to be matched to the load

and supply characteristics, for example motor inrush currents or generator short-circuit currents.
Lowering the short-circuit tripping threshold can allow a higher earth-loop impedance in an
installation and provide end-of-cable protection with the correct disconnection times.
37
MAGNETIC PROTECTION
SECTION 2
Adjustable Dials
1. IR is the thermal element adjustment dial and is used to set the rated current to
match the conductor rating.
IR can be set between 0.63 and 1.0 times In.
2. Ii is the magnetic element adjustment dial and is used to set the short circuit
tripping threshold to suit the application.
Ii Can be set to the values shown in the table below:
Models, Types, Rated Currents and Magnetic trip current

Model Type Rated current In (A) Magnetic trip current Ii (A)
S125 -NJ 20, 32, 50, 63, 100 6 – 12 xIn
125 6 – 10 xIn
S125 -GJ 20, 32, 50, 63, 100 6 – 12 xIn
125 6 – 10 xIn
H125 -NJ 20, 32, 50, 63, 100, 125 6 - 12 xIn
L125 -NJ 20, 32, 50, 63, 100, 125 6 – 12 xIn
VS125 -NJ 20, 32, 50, 63, 100 6 – 12 xIn
125 6 – 10 xIn
L125 -PJ 20, 32, 50, 63, 100, 125 6 – 12 xIn
S160 -NJ 20, 32, 50, 63, 100, 125 6 – 12 xIn
160 6 – 13 xIn
S160 -GJ 50, 63, 100, 125 6 – 12 xIn
160 6 – 13 xIn
H160 -NJ 160 6 – 13 xIn
L160 -NJ 160 6 – 13 xIn
S250 -NJ 160, 200 6 – 13 xIn
250 6 – 10 xIn
S250 -GJ 160, 200 6 – 13 xIn
250 (225A for Plug-In) 6 – 10 xIn
H250 -NJ 160 6 – 13 xIn
250 (225A for Plug-in) 6 – 10 xIn
L250 -NJ 160 6 – 13 xIn
250 (225A for Plug-in) 6 – 10 xIn
VS250 -NJ 160 6 – 13 xIn
250 6 – 10 xIn
E400 -NJ 250, 400 6 – 12 xIn
S400 -CJ 250, 400 6 – 12 xIn
S400 -NJ 250, 400 6 – 12 xIn
S400 -GJ 250, 400 6 – 12 xIn
S400 -PJ 250, 400 6 – 12 xIn
S800 -CJ 630, 800 5 – 10 xIn
S800 -NJ 630, 800 5 – 10 xIn
S800 -RJ 630, 800 5 – 10 xIn
MAGNETIC PROTECTION
Generator Protection
Generators may need specially modified protection characteristics, based on their short-circuit
capability.
If a generator is capable of delivering short-circuit current greater than six times its full load current,
a standard TemBreak 2 thermal magnetic MCCB may be used, with I i set at less than the available
short-circuit current. (Note that MCCBs, with fixed magnetic characteristics may not be suitable for
this application.)
A thermal magnetic MCCB with low instantaneous protection may be used where the generator
short-circuit current is less than six times its full load current. These are modified versions of the
standard MCCB.
Four pole MCCBs with low instantaneous protection have protection on the neutral pole as standard.
The magnetic characteristic of MCCBs with low instantaneous protection is fixed at the following values:
Model Magnetic Trip Current

S125 3xIn
S160 3xIn
S250 3xIn
E400 3.5xIn
S400 3.5xIn
Neutral Pole Protection

Neutral pole protection is available as an optional extra on four pole thermal magnetic MCCBs.
The thermal and magnetic elements in the neutral pole are related to those in the phase poles as follows:
Phase Trip Threshold Neutral Trip Threshold
Thermal I r (adjustable) I N (adjustable)= I n
Magnetic I i (adjustable) I i (adjustable)
Motor Protection
MCCBs feeding motors are often only required to provide protection from short-circuits. Overload
protection is provided by a dedicated thermal or electronic overload relay. Tembreak 2 MCCBs without
thermal protection elements are available for this application. Four pole MCCBs with magnetic trip
only have protection on the neutral pole as standard.
39
MAGNETIC PROTECTION
SECTION 2
Time/Current Characteristic Curves Time/Current Characteristic Curves
S125-NJ, S125-GJ, VS125-NJ (20A to 100A) S125-NJ, S125-GJ, VS125-NJ (125A)

$PD[
$PD[
$PD[
$PLQ
$PLQ
$PLQ
$GMXVWDEOHVHWWLQJUDQJH $GMXVWDEOHVHWWLQJUDQJH
RIPDJQHWLFWULS RIPDJQHWLFWULS
/2 +, /2 +,
MAGNETIC PROTECTION
Time/Current Characteristic Curves

H125-NJ, L125-NJ, L125-PJ
41
MAGNETIC PROTECTION
SECTION 2
S160-NJ, S160-GJ, S250-NJ, S250-GJ, VS250-NJ S250-NJ, S250-GJ, VS250-NJ (250A)
(20A to 200A)

$PD[
$PD[
$PLQ
$PLQ
MAGNETIC PROTECTION

H160-NJ, H250-NJ, L160-NJ, L250-NJ (160A) H250-NJ, L250-NJ (250A)
0DJQHWLFWULSFXUUHQW
IRU)URQWFRQQHFWLRQ
DQG5HDUFRQQHFWLRQ

$PD[
$PD[
$PLQ
$PLQ
For Plug-in connection,

Max. rating 225A
Ii=2925A±585A
43
MAGNETIC PROTECTION
SECTION 2
E400-NJ, S400-CJ, S400-NJ, S400-GJ, S400-PJ
MAGNETIC PROTECTION

S800-CJ, S800-NJ, S800-RJ (630A) S800-CJ, S800-NJ, S800-RJ (800A)

0DJQHWLFWULSFXUUHQW 0DJQHWLFWULSFXUUHQW
KRXU
KRXU

In Ii In Ii
$ $ $ $

± ±

PLQXWH
PLQXWH

$PD[
$PD[

$PLQ
$PLQ

7ULSSLQJ7LPH
7ULSSLQJ7LPH

VHFRQG
VHFRQG

$GMXVWDEOHVHWWLQJUDQJH $GMXVWDEOHVHWWLQJUDQJH
RIPDJQHFWLFWULS RIPDJQHFWLFWULS
/2 +, /2 +,

3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW 3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW
45
ELECTRONIC PROTECTION
SECTION 2
TemBreak 2 MCCBs from 250A frame to 1600A frame are available with
electronic protection units. Current ratings, In, of 40A, 125A, 160A, 250A, 400A,
630A, 800A, 1000A, 1250A and 1600A are available. These offer great flexibility
as their characteristics can be set to suit a wide range of application conditions.
Overload protection can be set between 0.4 and 1.0 times In.
Terasaki offer one of the most adaptable protection units on the market:
If you require a characteristic which is not available as a preset on our standard

electronic protection unit, send us the details and we will program a customised
characteristic to your specification.*
Selecting a Preset Characteristic for a 400A TemBreak 2 MCCB with Electronic Protection
Every TemBreak 2 electronic protection unit includes overload protection (L),

delayed short-circuit protection (S) and instantaneous protection (I) as standard.
Electronic Protection Characteristic

Optional Functions
Neutral
protection (N)
is present if this
box is filled
Ground fault
trip (G) is
present if this
box is filled
Preferential trip
(P) alarm is
present if this
box is filled
DIP switch to
Three optional functions are available: enable/ground
fault trip
Ground Fault Trip (G)

This function trips the MCCB after time delay, tg, if the ground fault current exceeds the preset
threshold, Ig. Ground fault protection can be enabled and disabled by operating a DIP switch on
the electronic protection unit. An external current transformer is available if the ground fault trip
function is required on a 3 pole MCCB, in a 3 phase, 4 wire system.
The ground fault trip function is available from 400A to 1600A.
Neutral Protection (N)

Neutral protection trips the MCCB after time delay, tN, if current in the neutral conductor exceeds
the rated current, In, of the MCCB. The time delay characteristic is identical to that
of the overload characteristic (L).
Preferential Trip Alarm (P)

An LED and volt-free output contact are activated after a time delay, tp, if the load current exceeds
the preset threshold, Ip.
An OCR power supply is required for operation of the preferential trip alarm. This is mounted as
shown below, either on the side of the breaker (250A to 1600A – standard), or remotely (400 to
1600A only – on request). Ratings, specifications and wiring arrangements are shown below.
Dimensions of the OCR power supply for preferential trip alarm can be found in Section 7. Note
that the breaker mounted terminal block is not compatible with the OCR power supply for Front-
OCR Power Supply Specifications
Connected and Rear-Connected MCCBs described
Voltage 200-240V AC
in Section 5, if the OCR power supply is mounted
Rated Power 2VA
on the right side of the breaker.
Rated Current of Output Contact

resistive load inductive load
250V AC 2A 2A
220V DC 2A 2A
47
SECTION 2
A. Connection Arrangement for Preferential Trip Alarm with
Breaker Mounted OCR power supply (Standard).
OCR power Control Connections Output

from OCR
Protection
supply for Power power supply to
Contact
MCCB Relay
preferential Supply Protection Relay, Cables,
Trip Alarm Terminals Pre-Wired Pre-Wired
B. Connection Arrangement for Preferential Trip Alarm with

Remotely Mounted OCR power supply (On Request).
How to Specify Optional Functions

Optional functions must be specified at the time of order. Descriptions for electronic MCCBs
include a 1-4 digit alphabetic code after the type designation which details the combination of
optional functions. For example:
S400-GE APG 3P 400A FC - includes preferential trip and ground fault trip.
The table below lists codes for all the optional functions currently available:
Optional Function
In Poles Code Ground Fault (G) Neutral Protection (N) Preferential Trip Alarm (P)
250 3 AP - -
4 AP - -
AN - -
APN -
400 3 AP - -
630 AG - -
800 APG -
1000 4 AP - -
1250 AN - -
1600 APN -
AGN -
APGN
Available - Not Available

Adjustment Dials
The left adjustment dial sets the rated current to match the conductor rating. The right adjustment
dial selects one of seven preset characteristics on 400A, 800A, 1250A and 1600A models, and one of
six preset characteristics on 630A and 1000A models, and one of 5 preset characteristics on 250A
model. The effects of the left adjustment dial (labelled IR(A)), and the right adjustment dial (labelled
Characteristics) are detailed in the tables shown underneath each time / current graph.
Tolerances of Characteristics
Characteristics Tolerance
IR Tripping when (IR 1.05) < load current
< (IR 1.25)
Long Time Delay
tR ± 20%
Isd ± 15%
Short Time Delay
tsd Total clearing time +50ms, resettable time – 20ms
Instantaneous Ii ± 20%
Ip ± 10%
Preferential Trip Alarm
tp ± 10%
Ig ± 15%
Ground Fault Trip
tg Total clearing time +50ms, resettable time – 20ms
Neutral Protection IN Tripping when (IN 1.05) < load current

< (IN 1.3)
49
6(&
6(&7,21
SECTION 2
S250-NE, S250-GE, S250-PE, H250-NE
;YPWWPUNÌ;PTL
3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW,5
In = 250A; 160A; 125A; 40A Note(1)

IR (A)
LTD Pick-up current IR xIn 0.4 0.5 0.63 0.8 0.9 0.95 1.0
Characteristics No. 1 2 3 4 5
tR 11 21 21 5 7.5
LT (s)
at 200% x IR at 600% x IR
Standard Isd xIR 2.5 5 10
ST tsd (s) 0.1 0.2
INST Ii xIR 14(Max: 13 x In) Note (2)
Ip xIR 0.8
PTA tp (s) 40
Option
IN xIR 1.0 Note (3)
NP
tN (s) tN = tR
Note
(1) For Plug-in (PM), max. setting for IR should be less than 225A. When In=250A, IR should be In 0.9 or less.
(2) Ii max. = 13 x In. (3) Characteristic of neutral protection (tN vs. IN) is identical to characteristic of phase protection (tR vs. IR).

S400-NE, S400-GE, S400-PE, H400-NE, L400-NE, L400-PE
3HUFHQW5DWHG
&XUUHQW,Q 3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW,5
In = 400A; 250A Note (1)

IR (A)
Characteristics No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
tR 11 21 21 5 10 19 29
LT (s)
ST tsd (s) 0.1 0.2
Ip xIR 0.8
PTA tp (s) 40
GF Ig xIn 0.2
Option Note(4) tg (s) 0.2
IN xIR 1.0/0.5 Note (3)
NP
tN (s) tN=tR
Note
(1) GF is not available when In is 250A. (2) Ii max. = 13 x In. (3) 1.0 x IR or 0.5 x IR can be selected. Characteristic of neutral protection (tN vs. IN) is
identical to characteristic of phase protection (tR vs. IR). (4) When you specify GF on MCCBs with 3 poles the terminal block is automatically fitted to
connect with the external neutral CT for 3 phases 4 wires system. See terminal blocks in section 4.
51
SECTION 2
E630-NE, S630-CE, S630-GE

7
KRXU
,5

,S
W5
WS
,J
,VG
WVG

PLQXWH
WJ ,L

,

7ULSSLQJ7LPH

VHFRQG

3HUFHQW5DWHG
In = 630A
IR (A)
LTD Pick-up current IR xIn 0.4 0.5 0.63 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1.0
Characteristics No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
tR 11 21 21 5 10 16
LT (s)
ST tsd (s) 0.1 0.2
Ip xIR 0.8
PTA tp (s) 40
GF Ig xIn 0.2
IN xIR 1.0/0.5 Note(2)
NP
tN (s) tN=tR
Note
(1) Ii max. = 10 x In. (2) 1.0 x IR or 0.5 x IR can be selected. Characteristic of neutral protection (tN vs. IN) is identical to characteristic of
phase protection (tR vs. IR). (3) When you specify GF on MCCBs with 3 poles the terminal block is automatically fitted to connect with
the external neutral CT for 3 phases 4 wires system. See terminal blocks in section 4.

S800-NE, S800-RE, H800-NE, L800-NE, L800-PE
3HUFHQW5DWHG
In = 800A; 630A
IR (A)
tR 11 21 21 5 10 19 29
LT (s)
ST tsd (s) 0.1 0.2
Ip xIR 0.8
PTA tp (s) 40
GF Ig xIn 0.2
NP
tN (s) tN=tR
Note
(1) Ii max. = 12 x In. (2) 1.0 x IR or 0.5 x IR can be selected. Characteristic of neutral protection (tN vs. IN) is identical to characteristic of phase
protection (tR vs. IR). (3) When you specify GF on MCCBs with 3 poles the terminal block is automatically fitted to connect with the external neutral
CT for 3 phases 4 wires system. See terminal blocks in section 4.
53
SECTION 2
S1000-SE, S1000-NE

7
KRXU
,5

,S
W5
WS
,J
,VG
WVG

PLQXWH
WJ ,L

,

7ULSSLQJ7LPH

VHFRQG

3HUFHQW5DWHG
In = 1000A
IR (A)
Characteristics No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
tR 11 21 21 5 10 16
LT (s)
ST tsd (s) 0.1 0.2
Ip xIR 0.8
PTA tp (s) 40
GF Ig xIn 0.2
NP
tN (s) tN=tR
Note
(1) Ii max. = 10 x In. (2) 1.0 x IR or 0.5 x IR can be selected. Characteristic of neutral protection (tN vs. IN) is identical to characteristic of
phase protection (tR vs. IR). (3) When you specify GF on MCCBs with 3 poles the terminal block is automatically fitted to connect with
the external neutral CT for 3 phases 4 wires system. See terminal blocks in section 4.

S1250-SE, S1250-NE, S1250-GE
3HUFHQW5DWHG
In = 1250A
IR (A)
tR 11 21 21 5 10 19 29
LT (s)
ST tsd (s) 0.1 0.2
Ip xIR 0.8
PTA tp (s) 40
GF Ig xIn 0.2
NP
tN (s) tN=tR
Note
55
SECTION 2
S1600-SE, S1600-NE
3HUFHQW5DWHG
In = 1600A
IR (A)
tR 11 21 21 5 10 19 29
LT (s)
ST tsd (s) 0.1 0.2
Ip xIR 0.8
PTA tp (s) 40
GF Ig xIn 0.2
NP
tN (s) tN=tR
Note
ELECTRONIC PROTECTION WITH MEASUREMENT AND
DATA COMMUNICATION
Appearanc e
The TemBreak 2 enhanced electronic breaker
with integrated VT and CT monitors the current,
voltage, instantaneous electrical power, integrated
electrical energy and power factor of a circuit.
This breaker using the Modbus protocol allows
data such as measured values and event/fault logs
to be transmitted to an external device.
s 250A frame models have measurements and

data communication options but no LCD
window.
s Models of 400A frame and above have an LCD

window. The LCD window provides the phase
currents, line voltages (and their maximum
values), power factor, electrical power and
electrical energy. It can also provide the 1st to
19th harmonic currents for each phase.
s When a fault occurs, the cause of the fault and

the fault current are indicated on the LCD.
Data in memory is stored even if the power is
lost. You can view event or fault logs after the
power is restored.
The LCD window is

equal to the handle
3DQHOFXWRXW
frame in width; the
+DQGOHIUDPH
panel cutout can be
made easily.
/&'ZLQGRZ
57
DATA COMMUNICATION
SECTION 2
s Models of 400A frame and above are available in three LCD orientations corresponding to the installation
orientations of the breaker.
9HUWLFDOPRYHWKHKDQGOHXSWR21
+RUL]RQWDOPRYHWKHKDQGOHULJKWWR21 +RUL]RQWDOPRYHWKHKDQGOHOHIWWR21
6WDQGDUGRULHQWDWLRQ
If the breaker is installed in a horizontal orientation, please specify "Horizontal (move the handle right to ON)"
or "Horizontal (move the handle left to ON)" when ordering. Otherwise the standard orientation "Vertical (move
the handle up to ON)" will apply.
2&53RZHU6XSSO\IRU(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQZLWK0HDVXUHPHQWDQG
'DWD&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
The XOW OCR, protection relays, requires control power.
The OCR power supply is installed on the right side of the breaker as standard.
This can also be installed separately to the breaker. Please specify when ordering.
s 6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI2&5SRZHUVXSSO\;2:
1RWHq7KHSHUPLVVLEOHUDQJHRIWKHFRQWUROYROWDJHLV
WRRIWKHUDWHGYROWDJH
3OHDVHVSHFLI\WKHUDWHGYROWDJHZKHQRUGHULQJ
1RWHw:KHQWKH2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LVLQVWDOOHGRQWKHULJKWVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHU
WKHEUHDNHUFDQQRWEHHTXLSSHGZLWKDWHUPLQDOEORFNIRUFRQQHFWLRQWRWKH
VKXQWWULSGHYLFHDQGXQGHUYROWDJHWULSGHYLFH
1RWHe;2:UHTXLUHVD9'&:VXSSO\
&RQWUROYROWDJH1RWHq 9$&RU9$&
5DWHGYROWDJH
&XUUHQWFRQVXPSWLRQ 9$
Dimensions of the OCR power supply can be found in Section 6.

DATA COMMUNICATION
Available types
3URWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQ $ODUPIXQFWLRQ 'LVSOD\
/RQJWLPHGHOD\WULS
3KDVHURWDWLRQ
6KRUWWLPHGHOD\WULS *URXQGIDXOWWULS 1SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ 3UHWULSDODUP /&'ZLQGRZ /&'EDFNOLJKW
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ ,QVWDQWDQHRXVWULS
SURWHFWLRQ
&RGH
$ *) 13 16 37$
$& f f f f f f
$&1 f f f f f
$&3 f f f f f
)25$)
$&= f f f f f f
$&13 f f f f
$&1= f f f f f
$&3= f f f f f
$&13= f f f f
$ f f f f
)25$72$
$*1 f f
$3 f f f
$3*16
$3&:+ f f f
$3*16&:+
6WDQGDUGHTXLSPHQW 2SWLRQDOf 1RWDSSOLFDEOH
1RWH $YROWIUHHRXWSXWFRQWDFWLVQRWDYDLODEOH7KH2&5FDQVHQGWKHGDWDYLDFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
7KHIDXOWVHQVHGGDWDLVRXWSXWRQO\7KH2&5FDQVHQGWKHIDXOWVHQVHGGDWDWRLWV̄XSVWUHDP7HP3RZHU2&5
9'&RQO\:
Measurement Indication Function Specification XOW - 2 without Display (250AF)

0RGEXVFRPPXQLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
0HDVXUHPHQWHYHQW DFFXUDF\
0HDVXUHPHQWHYHQWDFFXUDF\
0HDVXUHPHQWHYHQWLQGLFDWLRQ 1RWH
<HVf 1RQ
3UHVHQWYDOXHIRUHDFKSKDVH $PRQJ///SKDVHVWKHSKDVHKDYLQJWKH
/RDGFXUUHQW
3UHVHQWPD[YDOXH KLJKHVWFXUUHQWLVVXEMHFWWRPHDVXUHPHQW
3UHVHQWYDOXHRIHDFKOLQHYROWDJH
/LQHYROWDJH 3UHVHQWPD[YDOXH
3UHVHQWSKDVHYROWDJHYDOXHIRUHDFKSKDVH $SSOLHVWRSROHEUHDNHUVRQO\
3UHVHQWYDOXHRIDFWLYHSRZHU
(OHFWULFDOSRZHU 3UHVHQWYDOXHRIUHDFWLYHSRZHU
3UHVHQWYDOXHRIDSSDUHQWSRZHU
'HPDQGYDOXHRIDFWLYHSRZHU
'HPDQG(OHFWULF3RZHU 'HPDQGYDOXHRIUHDFWLYHSRZHU
'HPDQGYDOXHRIDSSDUHQWSRZHU
0D[GHPDQGYDOXHRIDFWLYHSRZHU Network interface
$FWLYHHOHFWULFDOHQHUJ\ I/O specifications
(OHFWULFDOHQHUJ\ 5HDFWLYHHOHFWULFDOHQHUJ\ ,WHP 0RGEXVOLQH
$SSDUHQWHOHFWULFDOHQHUJ\
&RPPXQLFDWLRQSURWRFRO 56
3RZHU)DFWRU 3UHVHQWYDOXH
&RPPXQLFDWLRQPRGH ZLUHKDOIGXSOH[
)UHTXHQF\+] 3UHVHQWYDOXH 7RSRORJ\ 0XOWLGURSEXV
)DXOWFXUUHQW 7UDQVPLVVLRQUDWH NESVPD[

7ULSHYHQWORJ 7UDQVPLVVLRQGLVWDQFH NPPD[DWNESV
,QGLFDWLRQRIFDXVH
'DWDIRUPDW 0RGEXV578
$ODUPHYHQWORJ &DXVHRIDODUPLQGLFDWLRQRIRSHUDWHGYDOXH 0D[QXPEHURIQRGHV
1RWH (OHFWULFDOHQHUJ\LVVWRUHGHYHU\KRXUVDQGWKHIDXOWFXUUHQWDQGFDXVHRIIDXOWDUHVWRUHGHYHU\WLPHDIDXOWRFFXUVLQDIODVKPHPRU\
59
DATA COMMUNICATION
SECTION 2
6HOHFWLYLW\
0HDVXUHPHQWHYHQWLQGLFDWLRQ
)XQFWLRQ
/RDGFXUUHQW
=RQH /LQHYROWDJH(OHFWULFDO 7ULS $ODUP ,QGLFDWLRQ
,QWHUORFN SRZHU(OHFWULFDO (OHFWULFDO +DUPRQLF &RPPXQLFDWLRQ ([WHUQDO 7HVW &RQWURO
HQHUJ\3RZHUIDFWRU HYHQW HYHQW YLDRXWSXW
HQHUJ\SXOVH FXUUHQW IXQFWLRQ GLVSOD\ IXQFWLRQ SRZHUVXSSO\
'HPDQGHOHFWULFDO ORJ ORJ FRQWDFW
SRZHU
= : + & , <
f f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f f f f f 5HTXLUHG
f 5HTXLUHG
f 5HTXLUHG
Measurement Indication Function Specification XOW - 1S with LCD (400AF - 1000AF)

0RGEXVFRPPXQLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
0HDVXUHPHQWHYHQWDFFXUDF\ 1RWH
<HVf 1RQ
*URXQGIDXOWFXUUHQWDQGQHJDWLYHSKDVHFXUUHQWFDQEH
3UHVHQWYDOXHIRUHDFKSKDVH
GLVSOD\HGGHSHQGLQJRQWKHVSHFLILFDWLRQV
/RDGFXUUHQW
$PRQJ///SKDVHVWKHSKDVHKDYLQJWKHKLJKHVW
3UHVHQWPD[YDOXH FXUUHQWLVVXEMHFWWRPHDVXUHPHQWDQGWKHYDOXHRIWKH
FXUUHQWLVGLVSOD\HG
3UHVHQWYDOXHRIHDFKOLQHYROWDJH
/LQHYROWDJH
3UHVHQWPD[YDOXH

3UHVHQWSKDVHYROWDJHYDOXHIRUHDFKSKDVH $SSOLHVWRSROHEUHDNHUVRQO\
+DUPRQLF 3UHVHQWYDOXHRIUGWKWKWK
f
FXUUHQW KDUPRQLFFXUUHQWIRUHDFKSKDVH
3UHVHQWYDOXH
(OHFWULFDOSRZHU Network interface I/O specifications
'HPDQGYDOXH

0D[GHPDQGYDOXH ,WHP 0RGEXVOLQH
(OHFWULFDOHQHUJ\ &RPPXQLFDWLRQSURWRFRO 56
(OHFWULFDOHQHUJ\
&RPPXQLFDWLRQPRGH ZLUHKDOIGXSOH[
3RZHUIDFWRU 7RSRORJ\ 0XOWLGURSEXV
3UHVHQWYDOXH
7UDQVPLVVLRQUDWH NESVPD[
)DXOWFXUUHQW 7UDQVPLVVLRQGLVWDQFH NPPD[DWNESV
7ULSHYHQWORJ
,QGLFDWLRQRIFDXVH 'DWDIRUPDW 0RGEXV578
$ODUPHYHQWORJ &DXVHRIDODUP,QGLFDWLRQRIRSHUDWHGYDOXH 0D[QXPEHURIQRGHV
1RWH (OHFWULFDOHQHUJ\LVVWRUHGHYHU\KRXUDQGWKHIDXOWFXUUHQWDQGFDXVHRIIDXOWDUHVWRUHGHYHU\WLPHDIDXOWRFFXUVLQDIODVKPHPRU\
DATA COMMUNICATION

S250-NE, S250-GE, S250-PE, H250-NE
;YPWWPUNÌ;PTL
3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW,5
In = 250A; 160A; 125A; 40A Note(1)
Characteristics No. 1 2 3 4 5
tR 11 21 21 5 7.5
LT (s)
ST tsd (s) 0.1 0.2
Ip xIR 0.8
PTA tp (s) 40
Option
IN xIR 1.0 Note (3)
NP
tN (s) tN = tR
Note
(1) For Plug-in (PM), max. setting for IR should be less than 225A. When In=250A, IR should be In 0.9 or less.
(2) Ii max. = 13 x In. (3) Characteristic of neutral protection (tN vs. IN) is identical to characteristic of phase protection (tR vs. IR).
61
SECTION 2
DATA COMMUNICATION
400A and Above

$SSOLFDEOH0&&%W\SH &7UDWHGSULPDU\FXUUHQW,&7
61(6*(63( $
+1(/1( $
(1(6&(6*( $
61(65( $
+1(/1( $
66(61( $
3URWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQ 6\PERO 6HWWLQJUDQJH

5DWHGFXUUHQW$ ,Q >,&7@[
/RQJWLPHGHOD\WULS 3LFNXSFXUUHQW$ ,5 >,Q@[
/7 1RQWULSSLQJDWQRWPRUHWKDQ>,5@[
7ULSSLQJDWPRUHWKDQ>,5@[DQGQRWPRUHWKDQ>,5@[
7LPHGHOD\V W5 VHFDWRI>,5@q
7LPHGHOD\VHWWLQJWROHUDQFHVV
&2/'+27 f &2/'+27
6KRUWWLPHGHOD\WULS 3LFNXSFXUUHQW$ ,VG >,Q@[121w
67 &XUUHQWVHWWLQJWROHUDQFH
7LPHGHOD\V WVG ,W2))V'HILQLWHWLPHFKDUDFWHULVWLF
,W21V5DPSFKDUDFWHULVWLFDWOHVVWKDQRI>,Q@
'HILQLWHWLPHFKDUDFWHULVWLFDWRUPRUHRI>,Q@e
,WUDPSFKDUDFWHULVWLF f 2))21
,QVWDQWDQHRXVWULS 3LFNXSFXUUHQW$ ,L >,Q@[121rt

,167 &XUUHQWVHWWLQJWROHUDQFH
*URXQGIDXOWWULS 3LFNXSFXUUHQW$ ,J >,&7@[121
*) &XUUHQWVHWWLQJWROHUDQFH
7LPHGHOD\V WJ ,W2))V'HILQLWHWLPHFKDUDFWHULVWLF
7LPHGHOD\VHWWLQJWROHUDQFHPVPV
,W21V5DPSFKDUDFWHULVWLFDWOHVVWKDQRI>,&7@
'HILQLWHWLPHFKDUDFWHULVWLFDWRUPRUHRI>,&7@
7LPHGHOD\VHWWLQJWROHUDQFHPVPV
,WUDPSFKDUDFWHULVWLF f 2))21
0RGH f 75,32))y
1SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ 3LFNXSFXUUHQW$ ,1 >,&7@[121
13 1RQWULSSLQJDWQRWPRUHWKDQ>,1@[
7ULSSLQJDWPRUHWKDQ>,1@[DQGQRWPRUHWKDQ>,1@[
7LPHGHOD\V W1 7ULSSLQJDWRI>,1@ZLWK/7WLPHGHOD\>W5@
&2/'+27 f &2/'+27
3KDVHURWDWLRQSURWHFWLRQ 3LFNXSFXUUHQW$ ,16 >,Q@[
16 &XUUHQWVHWWLQJWROHUDQFH
7LPHGHOD\V W16 VHFDWRI>,16@
0RGH f 75,32)) y
3UHWULSDODUP 3LFNXSFXUUHQW$ ,3 >,Q@[
37$ &XUUHQWVHWWLQJWROHUDQFH
7LPHGHOD\V W3 VPRUHWKDQ>,3@
0RGH f $/2))y
1RWH q)RU(66VHF

w)RU(66>,Q@[121
e)RU(66RUPRUH>,Q@
r7KHPD[SLFNXSFXUUHQWLVVHWWR[>,&7@IRU6+DQG/[>,&7@IRU(6DQG6
[>,&7@IRU6+DQG/
t:KHQWKHVKRUWWLPHGHOD\WULSIXQFWLRQKDVEHHQVHWWR121WKHLQVWDQWDQHRXVWULSIXQFWLRQFDQQRWEHVHWWR121:KHQWKHLQVWDQWDQHRXVWULS
IXQFWLRQKDVEHHQVHWWR121WKHVKRUWWLPHGHOD\WULSIXQFWLRQFDQQRWEHVHWWR121
y6HOHFWLQJ2))GLVDEOHVSURWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQV
8QOHVVRWKHUZLVHVSHFLILHGZKHQRUGHULQJWKHVHWWLQJVZLOOGHIDXOWWRWKRVHXQGHUOLQHGLQWKHWDEOHDERYH
RESIDUAL (EARTH LEAKAGE) CURRENT PROTECTION
CBR Test Button, Trip Indicator, Power LED and Adjustment Dial 4 Pole CBR with Adjustable Settings
Circuit Breakers with Integral Residual Current Protection (CBRs) are the ultimate safeguards
against the hazards of earth leakage.
The TemBreak 2 CBR range is available in 2 frame sizes, 125A and 250A. Interrupting
capacities of 25kA, 36kA and 65kA are offered in 3 and 4 poles versions with adjustable
thermal and fixed magnetic protection characteristics. CBR residual current protection settings
are shown on the following page.
63
Residual Current Monitor and Pre Trip Module (Optional)
SECTION 2
* Normally open alarm contact (2A, 250V AC) closes on
detection of residual current. Alarm threshold is adjustable
* Green LED indicates voltage is present
* Red LED provides visual indications of residual current
* Can be configured to provide trip + alarm or alarm only
* Remote trip terminals allow tripping by pushbutton
* Can be configured to provide voltage drop protection
Adjustment Dials
,¨ Q $ is the adjustable ¨ WPV is a time delay 5$is the adjustable L is the tripping

tripping threshold for which is introduced to the tripping threshold for threshold for
residual current (earth residual current (earth overload protection. It can short-circuit protection.
leakage) protection. It can leakage) protection be set between 0.63 and It is fixed at the values
be set between 30mA and characteristic. Available 1.0 times Q. Available Q shown below:
3A. Available settings are settings are shown below. ratings are shown below:
shown below: It can also be set to 0
(max. actual tripping time
is 40ms) or NT (No Trip
- tripping time = ). The
maximum breaking time
at each setting is shown in
brackets. Note that if /¨ W
is set at 30mA, ¨ W defaults
to 0.
Models, Ratings and Settings

0RGHO 7\SH ,¨Q$ ¨WPV 5DWHGFXUUHQW,Q$ 0DJQHWLF
WULSFXUUHQW$
=( 1- [LQ
17 [LQ
=6 1- [LQ
17 [LQ
=6 *- [LQ
17 [LQ
=( 1- [LQ
17 [LQ
=6 1- [LQ
17 [LQ
=6 *- [LQ
17 [LQ
65
SECTION 2
ZE125-NJ, ZS125-NJ, ZS125-GJ, ZE250-NJ, ZS250-NJ, ZE125-NJ, ZS125-NJ, ZS125-GJ
ZS250-GJ

ZE250-NJ, ZS250NJ, ZS 250-GJ, 160A ZE250-NJ, ZS250NJ, ZS 250-GJ, 250A
DC PROTECTION
4 Pole 800A MCCB for use up to 1000V DC
Full Range of DC Specific MCCBs for Renewable or Critical Power Supply Applications.
The TemBreak 2 range of DC MCCB’s offers a complete range of direct current protection and switching
solutions. TemBreak 2 DC MCCBs can meet the demand for large photovoltaic (Solar Power) and UPS
(Uninterruptable Power Supply) installations.
Tembreak 2 DC MCCBs can be used in switching applications of up to 1000V DC. Current ratings
between 20A through 2500A are available in 11 frame sizes.
Models up to 1000A have adjustable overload settings and fixed instantaneous protection. MCCBs
rated between 1250A and 2500A have adjustable instantaneous protection only.
Connection of Conductors to DC Circuit Breakers
It is more difficult to interrupt DC current than AC current because DC current does not have a zero
point. Therefore for high DC voltages, 3 pole and 4 pole breakers are connected in series to ensure
breaking performance, as illustrated below. It is important that insulation distances are maintained
between the breaker and earthed metal parts to prevent electrical arcing faults.
Please refer to pages 184 - 190 for recommended distances.
+ +
I
Non grounded system

ON ON
OFF OFF
LOAD LOAD
3P Poles Connected in Series 4P Poles Connected in Series
67
DC PROTECTION
SECTION 2
Adjustment Dials
0.63 1. 2.
0.8
Ii (kA) 6.3
5 7.1
$GMXVWDEOH
$GMXVWDEOH
7KHUPDO
0DJQHWLF
)L[HG
2QO\
0DJQHWLF
1
4
IR (xIn) 8
MCCBs up to 800A MCCBs rated between 1250A and 2500A

1. IR is the thermal element adjustment dial and is used to set the rated current to match the conductor rating.
IR can be set between 0.63 and 1.0 times In.
2. Ii is the magnetic element adjustment dial and is used to set the short circuit tripping threshold to suit the
application.
I i can be set between 4000A and 8000A. Graduations are shown below.
Rated Current Magnetic trip current (A)
(A) Scale 8 7.1 6.3 5 4
(A) 8000 7100 6300 5000 4000
Models, Ratings and Settings

0RGHO 7\SH 5DWHGFXUUHQW,Q$ 7KHUPDO3URWHFWLRQ 3 3 0DJQHWLFWULSFXUUHQW$
6 6' DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
6 *' DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
6 6' DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO [,Q
DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO [,Q
6 *' DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO [,Q
DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO [,Q
396 1'+ DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO [,Q
396 1'/ DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO [,Q
396 1'/ DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO [,Q

396 1'/ DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
396 1'+ DGMXVWDEOHWKHUPDO
6 1' IL[HGWKHUPDO
;6 1' LQVWDQWDQHRXVRQO\

DC PROTECTION

S160-SD, S160-GD S250-SD, S250 GD (100-200A)

KRXU
KRXU

PLQXWH
PLQXWH

$0D[
0D[

7U L S S L Q J 7L PH

7ULSSLQJ7LPH

0LQ $0LQ
$ $
VHFRQG
VHFRQG

3 H U F H Q W 5D W H G &X U U H Q W
3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW

S250-SD, S250-GD, (250A)

KRXU

PLQXWH

$0D[

7ULSSLQJ7LPH

$0LQ

VHFRQG

3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW
69
DC PROTECTION
SECTION 2
S400-ND PVS400-NDL 4P

KRXU

KRXU

PLQXWH
PLQXWH

7UL SSL QJ7L PH

7 U LS S LQ J 7 LP H

VHFRQG
VHFRQG

3 HUFHQW5 DWHG& XUUHQW 3 HU FHQW 5 DW HG & XU U HQW

PVS400-NDH PVS400-NDL 3P S800-ND

KRXU
KRXU

PLQXWH
PLQXWH

7ULSSLQJ7LPH

7ULS SLQ J 7LPH

VHFRQG
VHFRQG

3 H U F H Q W5 D WH G & X U U H Q W 3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW

DC PROTECTION

PVS800-NDL, PVS800-NDH (630A, 800A) S1000-ND

KRXU

KRXU

PLQXWH
PLQXWH

0D[

7UU LLSSLQJ7LPH
SSLQJ7LPH

7 U LS S LQ J 7 LP H

0LQ

7

VHFRQG
VHFRQG
$ $

3HUFHQW5DWHG&XUUHQW
3 H U F H Q W5D WH G &X U U H Q W

XS1250ND, XS1600ND, XS2000ND, XS2500ND

KRXU

P L Q X W H

7 U L S S L Q J 7 L P H

6HWWLQJWROHUDQFH 6HWWLQJWROHUDQFH
6FDOH 6FDOH

VHFRQG

$GMXVWDEOHVHWWLQJ
UDQJHRIPDJQHWLFWULS
)LYHVWDJHV

ZLWKLQWKLVUDQJH

5 D W H G& X U U H Q W $
71
CONTENTS
SECTION 3
MCCBS FROM 12A TO 3200A MCCBS FOR 1000V AC
MCCBS FOR 1000V DC MCCBS WITH INTEGRAL RCD

APPLICATION DATA
Max. In (A) of Frame 160 250 125 250 250 400 630
MOULDED CASE
BREAKERS
S250-NJ H160-NJ S400-NJ
S250-GJ L160-NJ S400-GJ
H250-NJ S400-PJ
L250-NJ H400-NE S400-NE
S250-NE L400-NE S400-GE
S250-GE S400-PE
S250-PE S630-CE
H250-NE E630-NE
S630-GE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
Icu = 70KA AT
690V Ac

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
FOR
1000V Ac

CIRCUIT
INTEGRAL NEW 400A
RESIDUAL CBR
ZS125-GJ ZS250-GJ COMING SOON!
CURRENT CONTACT US
(CBR)

BREAKERS AND PVS160-SDH
SWITCH- S160-GD S250-GD PVS160-SNL PVS400-NDH
DISCONNECTORS S160-SDN S250-SDN PVS160-SNH PVS400-NNL
FOR USE ABOVE PVS400-NNH
250V DC PVS250-SDL
PVS250-SDH
PVS250-SNL
PVS250-SNH
SWITCH S160-SN S250-SN S125-NN S250-NN S400-NN
DISCONNECTORS
73
TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1000 TB2 1250 TB2 1600 TB 3200
800 1000 1250 1600 3200
CONTENTS SECTION 3
S800-CJ S1250-SE S1600-NE XS2000-NE DISCRIMINATION
S800-NJ S1250-NE S1600-SE XS2500-NE Pages 77 - 80
S800-RJ S1250-GE XS3200-NE

S800-NE
S800-RE
S1000-SE
CASCADE
S1000-NE
Pages 82 - 85
H800-NE
L800-NE
L800-PE
XV630PE XV1250NE
XV800PE
MCCBs
PVS800-NDL S800-ND XS1250ND XS1600ND XS2000-ND IN DC SYSTEMS
PVS800-NDH S1000-ND XS2500-ND
PVS800-NNL XS3200-ND Pages 95 - 96
PVS800-NNH
S800-NN S1250-NN S1600-NN XS2000-NN

XS2500-NN
Tembreak 1. Frame sizes vary from Tembreak 2.

APPLICATION DATA
DISCRIMINATION
What is discrimination?
Discrimination, also called selectivity, is the co-ordination of protective

devices such that a fault is cleared by the protective device installed
immediately upstream of the fault, and by that device alone. X
upstream
circuit
breaker
Total discrimination X
Discrimination is said to be total if the downstream circuit breaker opens downstream

circuit
and the upstream circuit breaker remains closed. This ensures maximum breaker
availability of the system.
fault
Partial discrimination current
Discrimination is partial if the above condition is not fulfilled up to the

prospective short-circuit current, but to a lesser value, termed the selectivity
limit current (Is).
Above this value both circuit breakers could open, resulting in loss of selectivity.
How to read the discrimination tables

Boxes containing the letter “T” indicate total discrimination between the
relevant upstream and downstream circuit-breakers. Total discrimination
applies for all fault levels up to the breaking capacity of the upstream
or the downstream circuit breaker, whichever is the lesser.
For the other boxes, discrimination is either partial or there is no discrimination.
If discrimination is partial then the value of the selectivity limit current,
Is, is shown in the box.
75
APPLICATION DATA
DISCRIMINATION
SECTION 3
Tempower 2 ACB, Tembreak 2 MCCB
Discrimination Tables According To IEC 60947-2, Annex A, At 400V AC
Upstream ACB
Frame 800A 1250A 1600A 2000A 2500A 3200A 4000A 5000A 6300A
AR332S
AR440SB
AR216H
AR316H
AR332H
AR220H
AR320H
AR212H
AR663H
AR325H
AR220S
AR325S
AR216S
AR208S
AR212S
AR650S
AR663S
Model
Breaking
Capacity 65kA 65kA 80kA 65kA 80kA 100kA 65kA 80kA 100A 85kA 100kA 85kA 100kA 100kA 120kA 120kA 135kA
TB2 S125NJ 36kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

S125 S125GJ 65kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
TB2 S160NJ 36kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

S250 S160GJ 65kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S250NJ 36kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S250GJ 65kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
TB2 H125NJ 125kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

S/H/L L125NJ 200kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
250 S250PE 70kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
H250NJ 125kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
L250NJ 200KA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
TB2 E400NJ 25kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

E/S S400CJ 36kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
630 S400NJ 50kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Downstream MCCB
S400NE 50kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S400GJ 70kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S400GE 70kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S400PJ 85kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S400PE 85kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
E630NE 36kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S630CE 50kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S630GE 70kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
TB2 H400NE 125kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

H/L L400NE 200KA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
400
TB2 S800-CJ 36kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

1000 S800-NJ 50kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S800-RJ 70kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S800-NE 50kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S800-RE 70kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S1000-SE 50kA - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S1000-NE 70kA - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
TB2 H800-NE 125kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

H/L L800-NE 200kA T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
800
TB2 S1250-SE 50kA - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

1250 S1250-NE 70kA - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
S1250-GE 100kA - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
TB2 S1600-SE 50kA - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

1600 S1600-NE 100kA - - - T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Notes: 1. All ACB’s have Ii set at NON, MCR ON. 3. External relay can be used - Contact Terasaki for further details.
2. Assuming ACB time settings are greater than MCCB. 4. T= total discrimination.
APPLICATION DATA
DISCRIMINATION
Tembreak 2 MCCB, (Electronic),
Upstream MCCB
)UDPH $ $ $ $ $ $ $

0RGHO
6*(
61(
61(
61(
66(
66(
66(
+1(
6*(
6*(
6*(
+1(
+1(
(1(
6&(
61(
65(
61(
61(
63(
/1(
/1(
63(
%UHDNLQJ

&DSDFLW\
N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$ N$
7% 61- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
6
6*- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7% 61- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
6
6*- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
61- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
6*- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7% +1- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
6+/
+1- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
61( N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
6*( N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Downstream MCCB
+1- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
63( N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
+1( N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7% (1- N$ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
(6
6&- N$ 7 7 7 7 7
61- N$ 7 7
61( N$ 7 7
6*- N$ 7
6*( N$ 7
63- N$ 7
63( N$ 7
(1( N$ 7 7 7 7 7
6&( N$ 7 7
6*( N$ 7
7%+/ +1( N$ 7 7 7 7

7% 6&- N$

61- N$
65- N$
61( N$
65( N$
Notes: 1. All pick-up current and time delay settings are to be set at maximum for upstream MCCBs.
2. Is expressed in kA.
3. T= Total Selectivity
77
APPLICATION DATA
DISCRIMINATION
SECTION 3
Tembreak 2 MCCB, TD3 MCB
Upstream MCCB Type
6*-N$ 63-N$

61-N$ 6*-N$
61-N$
Downstream MCB Type
6*-N$ 6*-N$ 6&-N$

61-N$ 61-N$ (1-N$
MCBs Type B, C & D
TD3 M06, TD3 M10
in 20A 32A 50A 63A 100A 125A 20A 32A 50A 63A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A 250A 400A
6A 260 T T T T T 260 T T T T T T T T T T
10A 260 420 T T T T 260 420 T T T T T T T T T
16A 260 420 650 T T T 260 420 650 T T T T T T T T
20A 260 420 650 T T T 260 420 650 1000 T T T T T T T
25A 260 420 650 1000 T T 260 420 650 1000 T T T T T T T
32A 260 420 650 1000 1500 T 260 420 650 1000 1500 T T T T T T
40A 260 420 650 1000 1500 2000 260 420 650 1000 1500 2000 T T T T T
50A 260 420 650 1000 1500 2000 260 420 650 1000 1500 2000 3000 T T T T
63A 260 420 650 1000 1500 2000 260 420 650 1000 1500 2000 3000 2600 T T T
Notes: 1. This rating is not available for S160-GJ.

2. Is is expressed in A.
3. T = Total selectivity.
Tembreak 2 Lite MCCB, TD3 MCB

Upstream MCCB Type
66-N$ 66-N$

Downstream MCB Type
66&-N$ (6-N$

(6-N$ (6&-N$
MCBs Type B, C & D
TD3 M06, TD3 M10
in 25A 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A
6A 1000 1000 3000 3000 5000 5000 6000 T T T T T
10A 1000 1000 2000 2000 4000 4000 5000 T T T T T
16A 600 600 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000 T T T T T
20A 600 600 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000 T T T T T
25A - 600 1500 1500 2500 2500 3000 T T T T T
32A - 600 1500 1500 2500 2500 3000 9000 T T T T
40A - - 1500 1500 2500 2500 3000 8000 9000 T T T
50A - - 1500 1500 2500 2500 3000 7000 8000 9000 T T
63A - - - 1500 2500 2500 3000 6000 7000 8000 9000 T
Notes: 1. Is is expressed in A.
2. T = Total selectivity.
APPLICATION DATA
CASCADE
What is Cascading
Cascading is a technique where the current limiting capability of upstream circuit

breakers is used to permit the installation of lower rated and therefore lower cost
circuit breakers downstream.
The upstream TemBreak 2 circuit breaker acts as a resistance against short-circuit
currents. With this assistance, downstream circuit breakers with breaking capacities
lower than the prospective short-circuit at their point of installation can interrupt
the reduced short-circuit current.
Since the current is limited downstream of the limiting circuit breaker, cascading
applies to all switchgear in the downstream circuit. It is not restricted to two
consecutive devices.
Cascading is recognised by the following standards related to electrical installations:
IEC 60364
BS 7671
AS/NZS 3000
The Advantages
Installation of a single limiting circuit-breaker results in considerable
simplifications and savings for the entire downstream installation:
s Simplification of selection of devices using the cascading tables
s Savings on downstream devices. Cascading allows circuit-breakers
with lower ratings to be used.
In addition the application of cascading will reduce both electrodynamic
and thermal stress within the installation.
How to Read the Cascade Tables

The value shown in the table is the increased breaking capacity, expressed
in kA, that can be achieved if the downstream MCCB is backed up by
the appropriate upstream MCCB.
79
APPLICATION DATA
CASCADE
SECTION 3
Tembreak 2 MCCB
Cascade Tables According to IEC 60947-2. Annex A, At 400V AC
Upstream MCCB
H250NE
S125GJ
H160NJ
S250PE
H250NJ
H125NJ
S125NJ
S160GJ
S250NJ
S250GJ
S160NJ
L125NJ
L160NJ
L250NJ
Model
Breaking Capacity 36kA 65kA 125kA 200kA 36kA 65kA 125kA 200kA 36kA 65kA 70kA 125kA 200kA
Downstream MCCB
S125NJ 36kA - 65 85 125 - 65 85 125 - 65 65 85 125

S125GJ 65kA - - 125 150 - - 125 150 - - 70 125 150
H125NJ 125kA - - - 200 - - - 200 - - - - 200
S160NJ 36kA - - - - - 65 85 125 - 65 65 85 125

S160GJ 65kA - - - - - - 125 150 - - 70 125 150
H160NJ 125kA - - - - - - - 200 - - - - 200
S250NJ 36kA - - - - - - - - - 65 65 85 125
S250GJ 65kA - - - - - - - - - - 70 125 150
S250PE 70kA - - - - - - - - - - - 125 150
H250NJ 125kA - - - - - - - - - - - - 200
Notes: 1. Cascade fault level limit is expressed in kA.
Upstream MCCB
S1250GE
S1000NE
S1250NE
S1600NE
S1000SE
S1250SE
S1600SE
H800NE
S400GE
H400NE
S630GE
S630CE
S800NE
S800RE
S400NE
E630NE
L800NE
S400PE
L400NE
S400GJ
S400CJ
S800CJ
S800NJ
S800RJ
S400NJ
S400PJ
Breaking
36kA 50kA 70kA 85kA 125kA 200kA 36kA 50kA 70kA 36kA 50kA 70kA 125kA 200kA 50kA 70kA 50kA 70kA 85kA 50kA 85kA
Capacity
S125NJ 36kA - 50 65 65 85 125 - 50 65 - 50 50 - - - - - - - - -
S125GJ 65kA - - 70 85 125 150 - - 70 - - 70 - - - - - - - - -
Downstream MCCB
H125NJ 125kA - - - - - 200 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S160NJ 36kA - 50 65 65 85 125 - 50 65 - 50 70 50 50 50 70 - - - - -

S160GJ 65kA - - 70 85 125 150 - - 70 - - 70 70 70 - 70 - - - - -
H160NJ 125kA - - - - - 200 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S250NJ 36kA - 50 65 65 85 125 - 50 65 - 50 70 50 50 50 70 - - - - -
S250GJ 65kA - - 70 85 125 150 - - 70 - - 70 70 70 - 70 - - - - -
S250PE 70kA - - - - 125 150 - - - - - - 85 85 - - - - - - -
H250NJ 125kA - - - - - 200 - - - - - - - 150 - - - - - - -
E400NJ 25kA 36 36 50 50 65 85 36 36 50 30 36 50 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
S400CJ 36kA - 50 65 65 70 100 - 50 65 - 50 70 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
S400NJ 50kA - - 70 70 85 125 - - 70 - - 70 70 70 - 70 - 70 70 - 70
S400GJ 70kA - - - 85 125 150 - - - - - - 85 85 - - - - - - 85
S400PJ 85kA - - - - 125 150 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

APPLICATION DATA
CASCADE
Tembreak 2 MCCB, TD3 MCB
Cascade Tables According To IEC 60947-2, Annex A, At 400V AC
Upstream MCCB
Model S125NJ (36kA) S125GJ (65kA) S160NJ (36kA) S160GJ (65kA) S250NJ (36kA) S250GJ (65kA)
In 125A 125A 160A 160A 250A 250A

Downstream MCB
TD3 6A 14 14 12 12 12 12
M06 10A 14 14 12 12 12 12
(6kA) 16A 14 14 12 12 12 12
20A 14 14 12 12 12 12
25A 14 14 12 12 12 12
32A 14 14 12 12 12 12
40A 12 12 10 10 10 10
50A 12 12 10 10 10 10
63A 12 12 10 10 10 10
Upstream MCCB
Model S125NJ (36kA) S125GJ (65kA) S160NJ (36kA) S160GJ (65kA) S250NJ (36kA) S250GJ (65kA)
In 125A 125A 160A 160A 250A 250A

Downstream MCB
TD3 6A 30 30 25 25 25 25
M10 10A 30 30 25 25 25 25
(10kA) 16A 30 30 25 25 25 25
20A 30 30 25 25 25 25
25A 30 30 25 25 25 25
32A 30 30 25 25 25 25
40A 30 30 23 23 23 23
50A 30 30 23 23 23 23
63A 30 30 23 23 23 23
81
APPLICATION DATA
CASCADE
SECTION 3
Tembreak 2 Lite MCCB, TD3 MCB
Cascade Tables According To IEC 60947-2, Annex A, At 400V AC
Upstream MCCB Type
S160-SCJ (25kA) S160-SJ (40kA)

in 25A 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A 25A 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A
TD3 M06 MCBs (6kA)
6A 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
10A 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Type B, C & D
16A 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Downstream MCB Type
20A 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
25A - 14 14 14 14 14 14 - 14 14 14 14 14 14
32A - 14 14 14 14 14 14 - 14 14 14 14 14 14
40A - - 14 14 14 14 14 - - 14 14 14 14 14
50A - - 14 14 14 14 14 - - 14 14 14 14 14
63A - - - 14 14 14 14 - - - 14 14 14 14
6A 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 40 40 40 40 30 30 25
TD3 M10 MCBs (10kA)
10A 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 40 40 40 40 30 30 25
Type B, C & D
16A 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 40 40 40 40 30 30 25
20A 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 40 40 40 40 30 30 25
25A - 25 25 25 20 20 20 - 40 40 40 30 30 25
32A - 25 25 25 20 20 20 - 40 40 40 30 30 25
40A - - 25 25 20 20 20 - - 40 40 30 30 25
50A - - 25 25 20 20 20 - - 40 40 30 30 25
63A - - - 25 20 20 20 - - - 40 30 30 25
Upstream MCCB Type
E250-SJ (25kA) S250-SJ (40kA)

in 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A
TD3 M06 MCBs (6kA)
6A 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
10A 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
Type B, C & D
16A 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
20A 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
Downstream MCB
25A 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
32A 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
40A 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
50A 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
63A 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
6A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
TD3 M10 MCBs (10kA)
10A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
Type B, C & D
16A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
20A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
25A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
32A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
40A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
50A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
63A 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25

APPLICATION DATA
MCCBs IN DC SYSTEMS
Terasaki’s MCCBs provide an excellent range of protection for DC installations. We offer MCCBs
of up to 1000A with DC overload protection and up to 2500A with DC short-circuit protection.
Protection Method
Current transformers require alternating current to generate magnetic flux thereby inducing current to
flow in the secondary winding. Any device which relies on current transformers for measurement or
detection of current is therefore unsuitable for protection of DC systems. Most electronic MCCBs fall
into this category.
The most common method of detecting DC overloads is by the use of a thermal element.
Short-circuit protection in DC circuits is provided by electromagnetic tripping elements.
Tripping Characteristics
The time-current characteristics of a thermal element, such as those published in Section 3, are
unaffected by the frequency of current applied. They hold good for both AC and DC currents.
A magnetic element operates on the instantaneous value of the current waveform. This means that in
practice in an AC circuit, it will operate at the peak value of the sinusoidal waveform. Tripping
characteristics are published in AC root mean square (rms) Amperes (A). This means that the value of
– instantaneous current, Ip, which will operate the element is equal to the rms current multiplied by
AC
√2. Similarly, the value of DC– instantaneous current which will operate the element is equal to the AC
rms current multiplied by √2.
–
DC operating current of magnetic element = √2 AC rms operating current of magnetic element.
Time Constant
Time constants associated with DC circuits prevent the voltage of the circuit from reacting
immediately when a load current is suddenly interrupted.
The time constant, , of a circuit indicates how quickly voltage across capacitors and current through
inductors react to transient conditions.
The time constant of a capacitive circuit is the product of capacitance and resistance:
= RC (s).
The time constant of an inductive circuit is given by:
= L/R (s).
83
APPLICATION DATA
MCCBs IN DC SYSTEMS
SECTION 3
Time Constant
Transient voltages and currents, including those produced by switching, do
not approximate their steady state values until 5 time constants have elapsed.
Fault currents occurring in circuits with high time constants are extremely
difficult to interrupt due to the lagging voltage. All DC breaking capacities
in this section are shown with the assumption that the time constant of the
circuit is restricted to the values shown below.
Fault Level
Near the rated current, In, of the circuit breaker <2.0ms
<2.5 x In <2.5ms
<10kA <7ms
>10kA <15ms
85
CONTENTS
SECTION 4

Frame Reference TB2 Lite 160 TB2 Lite 250 TB2 125 TB2 S250 TB2 S/H/L 250 TB2 H/L 400 TB2 E/S 630
Max. In (A) of Frame 160 250 125 250 250 400 630
MOULDED CASE
BREAKERS
S250-NJ H160-NJ S400-NJ
S250-GJ L160-NJ S400-GJ
H250-NJ S400-PJ
L250-NJ H400-NE S400-NE
S250-NE L400-NE S400-GE

S250-GE S400-PE
S250-PE S630-CE
H250-NE E630-NE
S630-NE
S630-GE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
Icu = 70KA AT
690V Ac

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
FOR
1000V Ac
TEMBREAK 2
CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
INTEGRAL ZE125-NJ ZE250-NJ NEW 400A
RESIDUAL CBR
CURRENT CONTACT US
(CBR)

BREAKERS AND
S160-GD S250-GD PVS160-SDH
SWITCH- PVS160-SNL PVS400-NDH
DISCONNECTORS S160-SDN S250-SDN PVS160-SNH
FOR USE ABOVE
250V DC
PVS260-SDL
PVS260-SDH
PVS260-SNL
PVS260-SNH
SWITCH- S160-SN S250-SN S125-NN S250-NN S400-NN
DISCONNECTORS
87
TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1000 TB2 1250 TB2 1600 TB 3200
800 1000 1250 1600 2000
CONTENTS SECTION 4
S800-CJ S1250-SE S1600-NE XS2000NE
S800-NJ S1250-NE S1600-SE XS2500NE
S800-RJ S1250-GE XS3200NE
S800-NE
S800-RE
H800-NE S1000-SE
L800-NE S1000-NE

L800-PE
XV630PE XV1250NE
XV800PE
PVS800-NDL S800-ND XS1250ND XS1600ND XS2000-ND

XS3200-ND
S800-NN S1250-NN S1600NN XS2000NN

XS2500NN

Contact alfanar for details of accessories.
ACCESSORIES
TEMBREAK 2 MCCBs AND SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
Electrical Control Using Internally Mounted Accessories
Electrical control accessories for TemBreak 2 are s All auxiliary, alarm switches and shunt trips
designed with the installer in mind. Status and are common up to 1600A. Undervoltage trips
alarm contacts, remote tripping coils and are split between two sizes: 125 to 630A and
undervoltage protection coils are of modular 800 to 1600A.
design and convenient to use. s All accessories are endurance tested
to the same level as MCCBs.
s TemBreak 2 internal accessories are
easily field-installable.
s All accessories are individually packaged
and are supplied with fitting instructions.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
s Control wiring is terminated on the accessory
screw terminal. Alternatively a terminal block
1) Heavy-duty auxiliary switch which clips to the side of the MCCB
2) Heavy-duty alarm switch is available.
3) General-purpose auxiliary switch
4) General-purpose alarm switch
5) Shunt trip
6) Undervoltage trip
Installing Accessories in a 4 pole S400 model

The internal accessories can be easily installed in the field
without special tools or product training.
1 2 3 Easy eld-Installation
of Accessories
s Internal accessory can be simply
plugged into position.
s No tools are required for this,
except a screwdriver to lift the
4 5 6
MCCB front cover clips.
s Accessories fit with a firm click
when installed correctly.
s Colour coding of accessories helps
identification and installation.
7 8
Click
89
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Valid Maximum Accessory Combinations
TB2 S125
Frame Reference TB2 S250 TB2 H/L400 TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1250
TB2 S/H/L 250 TB2 E/S 630 TB2 1000 TB2 1600
S125 E400 S800 S1250

H125 E630 H800 S1600
L125 S400 L800
VS125 S630 S1000
ZE125 ** H400 PVS800
ZS125 ** L400
S160 PVS400
H160
L160
PVS160
S250
H250
L250
VS250
ZE250 **
ZS250 **
*HQHUDO3XUSRVH$X[LOLDU\6ZLWFK
*HQHUDO3XUSRVH$ODUP6ZLWFK
6KXQW7ULS
*HQHUDO3XUSRVH$X[LOLDU\6ZLWFK
*HQHUDO3XUSRVH$ODUP6ZLWFK
8QGHUYROWDJH7ULS
+HDY\'XW\$X[LOLDU\6ZLWFK
+HDY\'XW\$ODUP6ZLWFK
6KXQW7ULS
+HDY\'XW\$X[LOLDU\6ZLWFK
+HDY\'XW\$ODUP6ZLWFK
8QGHUYROWDJH7ULS
$
$X[LOLDU\6ZLWFK s General purpose and heavy duty status indication switches cannot be mixed in the same MCCB .

$ODUP6ZLWFK s It is not possible to install a shunt trip and an undervoltage trip in an MCCB as they occupy
6KXQW7ULS
the same location. Undervoltage trips can provide remote tripping if necessary
by wiring a normally closed contact or pushbutton in series with the protected supply.
8QGHUYROWDJH7ULS
s Undervoltage trips with time delays require an external time delay controller which
clips to the side of the MCCB.
** Shunt trip and undervoltage cannot be installed in this model.
ACCESSORIES
Status Indication Switches
General Purpose Auxiliary Switch (AX)

An auxiliary switch electrically indicates
the ON or OFF status of the MCCB.
The general purpose type is a changeover
General Purpose Auxiliary Switch
switch with 3 terminals.
A microcurrent version is available for
.1
switching currents as low as 1mA.
Terminal Designations and Auxiliary switches are colour coded grey.
OFF,
Trip Function of General Purpose The cable capacity of the terminals is 0.5
.2 .4 Auxiliary Switch to 1.25mm2, bare cable.
The general purpose auxiliary switch
meets the requirements of IEC 61058-1.
General Purpose Alarm Switch (AL)

An alarm switch electrically indicates the
TRIP status of the MCCB. The general
purpose type is a changeover switch with
General Purpose Alarm Switch
3 terminals.
A microcurrent version is available for
.1
switching currents as low as 1mA.
Terminal Designations and Alarm switches are colour coded grey and
Trip
Function of General Purpose black. The cable capacity of the terminals
.2 .4 Alarm Switch is 0.5 to 1.25mm2, bare cable
The general purpose alarm switch meets
the requirements of IEC 61058-1.
General purpose auxiliaries and alarm switch ratings Microcurrent versions

AC DC DC
Volts (V) Amperes (A) Volts (V) Amperes (A) Minimum Volts Amperes (A) Minimum
Load (V) Load
Resistive Inductive Resistive Inductive
Load Load Load Load Resistive
Load
440 - - 250 - - 100mA at 1mA at 5V

240 3 2 125 0.4 0.05 15V DC. 30 0.1 DC and 30V
110 3 2 30 3 2 DC.
91
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Status Indication Switches Heavy Duty Auxiliary Switch (AX)

The heavy duty auxiliary switch has an
.3 Terminal Designations impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) of
and Function 6kV and is suitable for isolating safety
of Heavy Duty circuits. The auxiliary switch electrically
OFF, Auxiliary Switch, indicates the ON or OFF status of the
.4 Trip
a contact
Heavy Duty Auxiliary Switch
MCCB. The heavy duty type is a bridge
switch with two terminals. It is available
.1 Terminal Designations in either normally open or normally
and Function closed configurations.
of Heavy Duty
OFF,
Auxiliary Switch, Heavy duty auxiliary switches are colour
Trip
.2 b contact coded grey. The cable capacity of the
terminals is 1.25 to 2.5mm2. bare cable.
The heavy duty auxiliary switch meets
the requirements of IEC 60947-5-1.
It has direct opening action,
.3 Terminal Designations recommended by IEC 60204-1
and Function Safety of Machinery - Electrical
of Heavy Duty Equipment for Machines.
Trip
Alarm Switch,
.4 a contact Heavy Duty Alarm Switch (AL)
Heavy Duty Alarm Switch
The heavy duty alarm switch has an
.1 Terminal Designations impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) of
and Function 6kV and is suitable for isolating control
of Heavy Duty circuits. The alarm switch electrically
Trip
Alarm Switch, indicates the TRIP status of the MCCB.
.2 b contact The heavy duty type is a bridge switch
with two terminals. It is available in
either normally open or normally closed
configurations.
Ratings of Heavy Duty Auxiliary and Alarm Switches
Heavy duty auxiliary switches are colour
AC DC
coded grey and black. The cable capacity of
Volts (V) Amperes (A) Volts (V) Amperes (A)
the terminals is 1.25 to 2.5mm2, bare cable.
Resistive Inductive Resistive Inductive
Load Load Load Load The heavy duty alarm switch meets the
requirements of IEC 60947-5-1.
500 1 1 -
440 3 3 250 0.5 0.5 It has direct opening action,
240 4 4 125 1 1
recommended by IEC 60204-1
Safety of Machinery - Electrical
110 5 5 48 3 2.5
Equipment for Machines.
48 6 6 24 6 2.5
ACCESSORIES
Remote Tripping Devices

Shunt Trip (SHT)
A shunt trip allows an MCCB to be tripped The cable capacity of the terminals is 0.5 to
remotely on the application of the rated coil voltage 1.25mm2, bare cable. Shunt trips are colour
across the shunt trip terminals. TemBreak 2 shunt coded grey.
trips have continuously rated coils and are suitable
for use in electrical interlocking applications.
C1 C2
The MCCB contacts and toggle will move to the
tripped position when the shunt trip is operated.
The permissible voltage range is 85% to 110% for
Shunt Trips Terminal Designations of Shunt Trips
AC or 75% to 125% for DC.
Ratings of Shunt Trips
Voltage AC Voltage DC
Rated
Voltage 100-120 200-240 380-450 24 48 100-120 200-240
Excitation 0.014 0.014 0.0065 0.03 0.03 0.011 0.011

Current
(A)
Under Voltage Trip (UVT)

An undervoltage trip will trip the breaker Undervoltage trips with AC operating voltages are
automatically when the voltage applied to the available with 500ms time delays. Time-delay units
terminals of the undervoltage coil drops to are fitted to the outside of MCCBs.
between 70% and 35% of its voltage rating.
The cable capacity of the terminals is 0.5 to
The undervoltage trip prevents the circuit breaker
1.25mm2, bare cable. Undervoltage trips are colour
being closed unless a voltage corresponding to at
coded grey and black. A UVT controller is required
least 85% of its voltage rating is applied across
for time delay UVT only.
the terminals of the undervoltage coil. D1 D2
The MCCB contacts and toggle will move to the
tripped position when the under-voltage trip Controller
operates.
Undervoltage Trips Terminal Designations of Undervoltage Trips
Ratings of Undervoltage Trips

Power supply capacity (VA) Excitation current (mA)
Rated Voltage AC Voltage DC
MCCB Model
Voltage 100-120 200-240 380-450 24 100-120 200-240
S125, H125, L125, S160, H160,
L160, PVS160, 250, H250, L250,
E400, S400, H400, L400, E630, 1.4 2.8 2.3 23 10 10
S630 VS125, VS250, PVS400
Rated Voltage AC Voltage DC
MCCB Model
Voltage 100-110 115-120 200-220 230-240 380-415 440-450 24 100-120 200-240
S800, H800, L800, S1000,
S1250, S1600, PVS800 1.5 1.6 2.4 2.9 2.1 2.3 29 13 11
93
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Termination of Control Wiring
Terminal blocks are for optional use with all types of internally mounted accessory.
Terminal Block for Plug-in MCCBs Terminal Block for Front-Connected

The terminal block for a plug-in MCCB and Rear-Connected MCCBs (TF)
consists of: A terminal block facilitates convenient and accessible
s a male section pre-fitted with 3 cables control wiring to internally mounted accessories
with which clips easily to the back of especially the accessories with lead wire.
the MCCB It allows the use of control wiring cables with larger
cross-sectional area than permitted by the internal
s a female section with 3 user terminals accessories themselves.
which clips easily into the plug-in base.
This terminal block can be clipped to either side of the
Up to 4 terminal blocks can be installed MCCB. If mounted on the left incoming wiring will be
on a 125A, 160A or 250A frame MCCB. fed vertically up to the terminals. If mounted on the
Up to 5 terminal blocks can be installed right, the incoming wiring will be fed vertically down
on a 400A to 800A frame MCCB. to the terminals.
The maximum incoming cable size to the terminal block
is 2.0mm2. 11 terminals or 6 terminals can be specified.
See pages 261-262.
Terminal Block for Plug-in MCCBs
1250A MCCBs utilise different terminal

block arrangement from 800A model and
below. Contact Terasaki for more details.
Terminal Block for Front-Connected and Rear-Connected MCCBs

ACCESSORIES
Electrical Control Using Motorised Operation Up To 1000A
Overview - Motor Operators (MC)
Manual Manual
charging Spring status Charging
lever Point
Optional
key lock
Voltage
presence ON / OFF+
TRIPPED indicator
ON / OFF
TRIPPED Optional ON / OFF
key lock push buttons
Indicator
Operating
Handle Select
Padlocking Lever
facility
Motor Operator for 125A and Motor Operator for 400A and
250A Frame MCCB’s 630A Frame MCCB’s
Motor operators provide the possibility of s Easy field-installation.

opening and closing an MCCB on s Fast operation ( 100ms).
application of electrical control signals.
TemBreak 2 motor operators are s Positive contact indication.
extremely reliable, having been designed s Padlocking facility as standard
to endure the same switching duty as the (Maximum 3, hasp diameter 8mm).
host MCCB.
s Versions available with automatic
reset function.
s Voltage presence indication.
Round Peg
Mounting Motor operators for 125A and
screws 250A frame are mounted on the
front of the breaker. They can be
Square Peg
rapidly fitted by locating the round
pegs and square pegs on the motor
into corresponding round and
square holes on the breaker. It takes
less than 10 seconds to secure the
motor to the MCCB. Two levers
securely lock the motor into
position. No tools are needed
to fit the motor operator.
400A frame to 1600A frame motor
Motor Operator for 125A and Motor Operator for 400A and
250A frame MCCB’s 630A frame MCCB’s
operators are held in place with
mounting screws. They can be
installed easily in the field.
95
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Indication of ON, OFF or TRIPPED Status
The handle of 125A and 250A frame motor operators has dual functions:
1. Indication of ON, OFF or TRIPPED status as shown in the photographs below;
2. Manual operation when handle is pulled out. The supply to electrical control
circuits inside the motor operator is cut when the handle is pulled out.
Motor operators for

400A to 1000A frame
MCCBs incorporate a
mechanical flag which
indicates the ON, OFF
and TRIPPED status
of the MCCB. They
can be manually
MCCB on MCCB off MCCB tripped charged using the
lever provided.
Ratings and Specications
Type of Motor Operators T2MC12 T2MC25 T2MC40 T2MC80
Applicable MCCB S125 S160, S250 E400 S800, S1000, PVS800
VS125 VS250, PVS160 S400, PVS400 H800
H125, H160, H250 E630 L800
L125, L160, L250 S630
Rated operating 100-110 V AC
voltage 200-220 V AC
230-240 V AC
24 V DC
48 V DC
100-110 V DC
200-220 V DC NA NA
Operating current/ 100-110 V AC 4.5/8 ON ---/2.3 OFF, RESET 1.4/3.7 ON ---/2.2 OFF, RESET 1.7/3.5
Starting current 200-220 V AC 4/8 ON ---/2.3 OFF, RESET 1.1/3.5 ON ---/2.2 OFF, RESET 1.3/3.5
Peak value (A) 230-240 V AC 3.5/7 ON ---/2.3 OFF, RESET 1.1/3.5 ON ---/2.2 OFF, RESET 1.3/3.5
24 V DC 18/26 ON ---/7.2 OFF, RESET 3.9/8.1 ON ---/12 OFF, RESET 6.0/11.5
48 V DC 12/18 ON ---/7.2 OFF/RESET 2.0/5.1 ON ---/7 OFF, RESET 3.2/6.5
100-110 V DC 2.2/6 ON ---/2.4 OFF/RESET 1.2/3.8 ON ---/2.2 OFF, RESET 1.3/3.5
200-220 V DC 2.2/5.5 — —
Operating method Direct drive Spring charging Spring charging
Operating time (s) ON 0.1 0.1 0.1
OFF 0.1 1.5 1.5
RESET 0.1 1.5 1.5
Operating switch rating 100V, 0.1 A, Opening voltage
100V, 0.1 A, Opening voltage 48V, current 1mA
44V, current 4mA
Power supply required 300 VA minimum 300VA minimum 300VA minimum
Dielectric properties (1 min) 1500 V AC (1000V AC for 24V DC and 48V DC motors)
Weight 1.4 kg 3.5kg 3.5kg
= Available
Note: Operating times shown in the above table apply only when the rated operational voltage is supplied to the motor operator.
The voltage supplied to the motor operator must be within the range of 85% and 110% of the rated operating voltage.
ACCESSORIES
Motor Operator Control Circuits
Control Wiring Plug
MCCB and Motor Operator Showing Control Wiring Socket
The Control circuits for Motor

Operators are connected using a
simple plug and socket system.
Control circuit for Motor Operators
Operation
The motor operator incorporates a self-hold When a mechanical interlock is used with motor
circuit for the closing and opening signals. operators, design the control circuit to provide
Therefore a momentary (over 50msec.) open or electrical interlocking between the motor
close signal will ensure a complete operation. operators. The electrical interlocking should
When the breaker trips, the breaker is reset prevent a close signal being sent to a motor
by applying a signal to the OFF terminals operator unless the other motor operator and
of the motor. circuit breaker are in the OFF position.
When a UVT is used with a motor operator, Auto- reset

design the control circuit so that the UVT is
energised before a reset or close signal is sent Two types of motor operator are available:
to the motor operator. A 40ms time delay motor operators without auto-reset and motor
in the reset and close signals is sufficient operators with auto-reset. The correct type
to allow the UVT to energise. of motor operator should be selected for the
application. MCCB auxiliary and alarm switches
When a shunt trip is used with a motor operator, do not have to be used in the control circuits
design the control circuit so that the shunt trip is for motor operators whether they have
de-energised before a reset or close signal is sent auto-reset or not, saving cost and space.
to the motor operator.
97
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Electrical Control Using Motorised Operation 1250A and 1600A
Positive Contact Indication

s Colour coding indicates the true position of
the contacts clearly: ON (red), OFF (green),
TRIP (white).
Manual Easy Maintenance
Operating Handle s Breaker mounting, removal, and even setting
Indicator
changes can be done without removing the
motor operator.
Lock Plate Manual ON/OFF Operation with One Stroke
Fast Closing Operation
Trip Button s Closing in 60ms or less. The closing time
remains constant over repeated operations.
Type 1250, 1600A, S1250 IS1600
Ratings and Specifications

Type of Motor Operators T2MCX6
The breaker can be padlocked in the
Applicable MCCB S1250 “OFF” position by pulling out the lock plate,
S1600 and locking it with a padlock.
Rated Operating AC 100-115V 50/60Hz When the breaker is “ON”, the
Voltage (V) lock plate cannot be pulled out.
200-230V 50/60Hz Up to three lock can be used.
DC 100-110V Padlock not supplied.
24V
Lock in “OFF” position (standard)
Manual Trip Button
Steady-state r.m.s. AC100-115V ON –/3.1
Amp/inrush Amp (A) 1.8/6.0
OFF, RESET
AC200-230V ON –/1.2
OFF, RESET 1.0/3.2
DC100-110V ON –/0.8
OFF, RESET 1.1/4.2
DC24V ON –/4.5
OFF, RESET 4.0/12.0
Type of operation Spring Charged
Operating Time(s) ON (Maximum values) 0.06
OFF, RESET 3
Control Switch Ratings 250V, 5A
Power Source Capacity (VA) 300VA
Dielectric withstand voltage AC1500V
The value in brackets for 24V DC (AC500V)
Weight (kg) 6.4
= Available
Trip button on breaker to be used (accessible with motor fitted)
NOTE
Maximum values at AC115V, 50Hz Maximum values at DC110V
Maximum values at AC230V, 50Hz Maximum values at the rated operating voltages
ACCESSORIES
Electrical Control Using Motorised Operation 1250A And 1600A
Motorised Operation EMERGENCY TRIP Automatic Charge/

ON CONTROL Opening the breaker (OFF) discharge Function
When the ON switch is closed, using the motor operator takes If the breaker is closed manually
the latch release coil (LRC) is up to 3 seconds. If a remote (ON) while the power source is
excited and the closing spring is emergency OFF function is on, the handle switch (HS)
released. The breaker quickly necessary, incorporate the shunt induces automatic release of the
closes and goes into ON status. trip device (SHT) or the closing spring. Likewise, if the
When the closing spring is undervoltage trip device (UVT) breaker is opened manually
released, the limit switch (LS) into the breaker. (OFF), the springs are
is opened and the LRC is automatically charged. If the
PRECAUTIONS
de-excited. REGARDING USAGE breaker is opened or closed
OFF CONTROL s If using the UVT option, be while the power source is off,
When the off switch is closed, sure to reset the UVT before later when the power source is
self-hold control relay (Y) is closing the breaker. turned on, the closing spring
activated and motor (M) will automatically be charged or
s The motor operator must be discharged to match the
operates to charge the closing supplied with voltage within
spring. The breaker changes ON/OFF status of the breaker.
the following range: This automatic charge/discharge
to OFF status.
DC: 75-110% of rated voltage function is necessary to prepare
RESET CONTROL AC: 85-100% of rated voltage the closing mechanism for the
When the breaker is in TRIP Operation at low voltage may next ON/OFF operation.
status, closing the OFF switch burn out the motor. The sound of the charging or
activates self-hold control relay discharging of the spring
(Y) and starts motor (M). Motor should not be mistaken for a
(M) charges the closing spring Anti-pumping Function
malfunction.
and resets the breaker. When the breaker is turned
ON and the closing spring is
released, self-hold control relay
Manual Operation X is active. Xa-contact is held
ON, OFF (RESET)
closed, and Xb-contact is
The breaker can be opened opened. While the ON switch is
(OFF or RESET) and closed closed, latch release coil (LRC)
(ON) alternately by pulling the will not be excited even if the
operating lever down in one full OFF switch is closed or an
stroke. ON/OFF operation of automatic reset circuit is being
the breaker is possible without used. Pumping is thus
charging or releasing the prevented.
closing spring.
99
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Automatic Reset
An alarm switch (a-contact)
fitted in the breaker, can be used
to induce recharging of the
closing spring and automatically
reset the MCCB. Connect the
automatic reset circuit as
shown below.
If the alarm switch is used, a
pulse signal will be produced in
the automatic reset circuit when
the alarm is activated. Be sure to
use a self-hold circuit to avoid Connect Circuit AC and DC
possible problems caused by
this pulse signal.
It is recommended that a time
delay of approximately 3
minutes is introduced to the
automatic reset circuit for
thermal magnetic MCCB’s In
the event of an overload trip this
will prevent the motor operator
repeatedly driving the MCCB
between the tripped and reset
positions while the thermal
element is hot.
If an alarm signal is also
required for external control, use
a 2 alarm switch combination.
Note: Customer wiring shown in orange
ACCESSORIES
Operating Handles & Locking Devices
TemBreak 2 external operating handles are extremely reliable, having been designed to endure the
same switching duty as the host MCCB.
Safety Features
s Door interlock mechanism with override facility included as standard
s IP55 as standard (HS), IP3X as standard (HB)
s IP65 optional (HS), IP5X optional (HB)
s Locks OFF with up to 3 padlocks (8mm hasps)
s Optional Key fitting facility is available for Castell FS1 (HS)
Contact us for the details of mounting dimension.
s Optional keylock in OFF position (HB)
s Available Grey handle with Black base or Red handle with Yellow base (HS)
s Available in black or red and yellow (HB)
s A trip test can be performed with the external operating handle fitted to the MCCB
Orientation
To switch the breaker from OFF to ON the external
operating handle is rotated through 90 degrees in a
clockwise direction.
The ON (I) and OFF (O) indication of the external
operating handle can be re-oriented in steps of 90 degrees
with respect to the operating mechanism. This allows
the indication position to remain the same whether the
breaker is mounted vertically (right side up or upside MCCB ON MCCB ON
down) or horizontally (on its left side or on its right side).
The hole cut-out dimensions for a panel or door will remain unchanged if the external operating
handle is re-oriented. The external operating handle’s axis of rotation is on the intersection of the
centre lines of a 3P MCCB. This means that the positioning of the door cutouts is symmetrical for
breakers mounted horizontally on either side of a vertical busbar system.
101
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Door Mounted Handle (HS) Standard Type
The door mounted handles allow breakers installed in control centers

or switchboards to be manually operated from outside and complies
with IEC 60204-1.
It consists of an operating mechanism that is mounted on the breaker,
an operating handle that is mounted on the door, and a shaft that
transmits the turning force from the handle to the operating unit.
The shaft can be cut to the required length.
The shaft support makes easy to insert to the operating handle when
the panel door is being closed.
Square shaft
Operating unit
Shaft support
Gasket for IP65

(optional)
Operating handle
Handle cover
Door Interlock Mechanism Handle Lock Mechanism

The external operating handle keeps the panel 3DGORFN6WDQGDUG
door locked when in the ON position. This mechanism allows the breaker to be
padlocked in the OFF position.
2))RSHQW\SH Padlocks are not supplied.
The handle is turned to the OFF position to Up to three padlocks can be installed.
open the panel door.
3DGORFNLQJOHYHU
3ODVWLFOHYHURU0HWDOOHYHU
'RRULQWHUORFNUHOHDVHEXWWRQ DYDLODEOH
The release button enables the panel door to be
opened with the handle in the
ON position.
To release: push the release
button on the side of the
operating handle with a
flat-bladed screwdriver.
ACCESSORIES
Breaker Mounted Handle (HB)
This external operating handle is used to

Cutout operate a circuit breaker mounted just
flange Door behind a compartment door with the
interlocking
mechanism door closed. The operating unit and the
handle itself are mounted directly onto
the circuit breaker. The handle protrudes
through a cutout in the door. A moulded
door flange is supplied with the external
operating handle which covers the cutout
OFF from the front.
Padlocked
lever Padlocking and keylocking is possible
in the OFF position.
Breaker Mounted Handle Padlocked in the OFF Position
Locking Devices
Toggle locking devices allow MCCBs to
be locked ON or OFF using up to three padlocks.
Locking devices for 125A to 160A and 250A
frame models accept padlocks with 5mm hasp
diameter. Locking devices for 400A to 1600A
frame models accept padlock with 8mm hasp
diameter.
S250 Locked OFF S400 Locked OFF
TemBreak 2 Cam for HS Handle (Castell Interlocking)

An operating cam can be used in conjunction with castell bolt
locking system as a solution to provide personnel safety and
ensure switchgear equipment is used in the correct mode.
The cam utilises the shaft from the HS style handle as a means
to interlocking the switchgear.
103
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Tembreak 2 Neutral Link
A disconnectable neutral conductor offers the facility of isolating the neutral connection by
incorporating a sliding link disconnector. With safety in mind, insulating shrouds can be
purchased separately for each neutral link rating.
Current ratings: 125A, 250A, 400A, 630A, 800A, 1000A
Neutral Link with Optional Shroud
TemBreak 2 Door Flange

Door Flanges are available for MCCBs up to 1000A. Door flanges are recommended to be used to cover
the cut-out of a switchboard panel. Two types of door flanges are available, one for MCCB with motor
operator fitted, and one style without.
ACCESSORIES
Insulation Accessories
Terminal Covers for 1250A MCCB
Terminal covers are used to prevent direct General features

contact with live MCCB terminations. s Terminal covers for 125A to 630A
They also provide additional insulation frame models require no tools for
to reduce the possibility of a short installation.
circuit between phases or to earth when
large conductors are used. s Terminal covers for 800A to 1250A
are fixed using self-tapping screws.
s Terminal covers for 125A to 1250A
Megger frame models have an IP20 ingress
measurement
holes protection rating 1250A.
s Terminal covers are ordered
individually. Two terminal covers are
required to cover both the line and
load terminals of an MCCB. Each
cover can either be fitted to the top or
bottom of the MCCB.
s Terminal covers for 125A to 1250A
have a megger measurement hole of
4mm diameter on each phase.
Options
s A terminal cover for 125A to 630A
frame models include facility for an
anti-tampering seal to be added.
Terminal Cover Lock with Lead Seal
105
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Terminal Covers for Front Connections (CF)
Terminal covers for front connection are suitable for covering

the exposed live parts of conductors terminated on the MCCB.
Terminal Covers for Front Connection Flush Terminal Covers
Flush Terminal Covers (CS)

Flush terminal covers are available for 125A to 630A frame models and are useful for increasing the
ingress protection rating at the terminals without increasing the overall length. They can be used with
busbar and for direct entry of stranded cable (with cable clamp terminals (FW), refer to Section 5,
Installation).
Flush terminal covers are identical to rear terminal covers for 400A and 630A frame models.
The user can remove a section of the rear terminal cover using a tool to allow entry of the conductor.
Terminal Covers for Rear Connection (CR)

Terminal covers for rear connection are available for
125A to 1000A frame models and may be used on
MCCBs fitted with rear connections (RC) or plug-in
connections (PM). They prevent access to the
terminals from the front and top.
Terminal Covers for Rear Connection

ACCESSORIES
Interpole Barriers (BA)
Interpole barriers provide maximum insulation between

phases at the terminals of the MCCB. They cannot be
fitted at the same time as any of the terminal covers.
Interpole barriers for use on one end of the MCCB are
supplied as standard. Additional interpole barriers can be
ordered individually. All interpole barriers can easily be
fitted to either end of an MCCB.
MCCB moulds have been designed to accept an additional
interpole barrier between two adjacent MCCBs.
MCCB Fitted with Interpole Barriers on Both Ends Interpole Barriers between Adjacent MCCBs
107
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Dual Supply Changeover Systems
Where more than one AC voltage source is available to a distribution system it is often necessary to
prevent multiple sources supplying the system at one time. Interlocking accessories are used together
with two MCCBs to prevent both being in the ON state simultaneously. This provides a secure
mechanical means of preventing the connection of two supply sources.
An automatic changeover controller can monitor the status of two supplies and control the switching
of two MCCBs according to pre-programmed parameters. When an automatic changeover controller is
interfaced to a pair of interlocked MCCBs fitted with remote control accessories, a secure, fully
automatic changeover system is achieved.
Link Interlock (ML)

Link interlocks are available for 125A to 1000A
frame models and consist of a mechanism
mounted to each MCCB in
an adjacently mounted pair. The link between
each mechanism inhibits the closure of one
MCCB unless the other is in the OFF position.
Link interlocks can be used on a mixture
of 3 and 4 pole breakers of the same
frame size.
Link Interlock
The TemBreak 2 link interlock is an innovative
design which will save space, time and money for
switchboard builders in that:
s Installation is extremely simple.
Link interlocks are field-installable
and only require a screwdriver to fit.
s Link interlocks replace the accessory cover on
the front of the breaker.
Changeover Pair with Link Interlock and Motor Operators
s Motor operators and operating handles
are compatible with link interlocks.
s The interlock is installed on the front of the
MCCB and does not therefore interfere with
copperwork or cables.
s No need to buy factory-built backplates
with MCCBs and interlocks pre-fitted.
Viewed from Below

ACCESSORIES
An important safety feature is that the interlocks do not allow a control system to close a second
power supply on to a fault. If a breaker has tripped its partner is mechanically prevented from closing.
This differs from other interlocks you may be familiar with, which allow a breaker to be closed while
its partner is in the tripped position.
Front link-type and wire-type interlocks operate according to the following table:
STATUS OF STATUS OF VALIDITY OF

MCCB 1 MCCB 2 COMBINATION
ON ON NOT ALLOWED
ON TRIP NOT ALLOWED
TRIP ON NOT ALLOWED
TRIP TRIP NOT ALLOWED
OFF OFF ALLOWED
ON OFF ALLOWED
OFF ON ALLOWED
TRIP OFF ALLOWED
OFF TRIP ALLOWED
The electrical control system of an automatic changeover

scheme which uses these interlocks should not attempt
to switch the MCCBs to a combination indicated as
“NOT ALLOWED” in the above table otherwise
damage to the motor operations will occur.
109
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Wire Interlock (MW)
Wire interlocks for 125A to 1000A frame models consist of two mechanisms connected by a cable.
The mechanisms are mounted on two MCCBs located at a distance from each other which is limited
by the length and bend radius of the cable. The mechanisms and cable inhibit the closure of one
MCCB unless the other is in the OFF position. Each mechanism is ordered separately. Cables of 1.0m
or 1.5m length are also ordered as separate items.
Wire interlocks can be used on a mixture of 3 and 4 pole MCCBs of different frame sizes.
This allows potential cost savings by using lower rated MCCBs for the alternative power supply.
MCCBs can be mounted in different switchboard compartments or on different planes.
The TemBreak 2 wire interlock is an innovative design

which will save space, time and money for switchboard
builders in that:
s Installation is extremely simple.
Wire interlocks are field-installable up to 1000A models.
s Wire interlocks replace the accessory cover on the front of
the breaker.
s Motor operators and operating handles are compatible
with wire interlocks.
s Interlocking of MCCBs mounted in different
Changeover Pair with Wire Interlock and Motor Operators
compartments is possible.
s No need to buy factory-built backplates with MCCBs and
interlocks pre-fitted.
Wire interlocks are available also for 1250A and 1600A

frame models.
The mechanisms are mounted on the back of two MCCBs.
MCCBs cannot be mounted directly to a flat plate, but are
installed on a frame to ensure space for the interlock
View from above mechanism. (Factory Fit).
An important safety feature is that the interlocks do not
allow a control system to close a second power supply on to
a fault. If a breaker has tripped its partner is mechanically
prevented from closing. This differs from other interlocks
you may be familiar with, which allow a breaker to be closed
while its partner is in the tripped position.
Front link-type and wire-type interlocks operate according to
the following table: See Over
ACCESSORIES
Front link-type and wire-type interlocks operate according to the following table:
STATUS OF STATUS OF VALIDITY OF

MCCB 1 MCCB 2 COMBINATION
ON ON NOT ALLOWED
ON TRIP NOT ALLOWED
TRIP ON NOT ALLOWED
TRIP TRIP NOT ALLOWED
OFF OFF ALLOWED
ON OFF ALLOWED
OFF ON ALLOWED
TRIP OFF ALLOWED
OFF TRIP ALLOWED
The electrical control system of an automatic changeover

scheme which uses these interlocks should not attempt to
switch the MCCBs to a combination indicated as “NOT
ALLOWED” in the above table otherwise damage to the
motor operations will occur.
Slide Interlock (MS)

Slide interlocks are manually operated toggle locking devices which can be installed between two
adjacent MCCBs. Depending on the position of the slide, one or other of the MCCBs on either side
of a slide interlock is inhibited from being in the ON position. Slide interlocks can be used between
MCCBs of the same number of poles and of the same frame size.
Slide interlocks can be installed in the field and are padlockable in both positions.
Slide Interlock Installed Between two MCCBs
111
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
TemTransfer 2 Automatic Changeover Controller
TemTransfer 2 Automatic Changeover Controller
TemTransfer 2 is fully configurable Automatic Changeover Controller (ACC) for use in standby power
applications. The module will monitor the voltage and frequency of the incoming AC mains (utility)
supply and in the event of a failure will issue a start command to the generator control system.
The controller (ACC) is designed to monitor the incoming AC mains supply (1 or 3 phases) for
under/over voltage and under/over frequency. Should any of the parameters fall out of limit, the
module will issue a command to the generating set controller. Once the generator set is available and
producing an output within limits, TemTransfer 2 will control the transfer device and switch the load
from the mains (utility) to the generating set.
When the mains (utility) supply returns to within limits, the module will command a return to the
mains (utility) supply and shut down the generator after a suitable cooling run. Various timing
sequences are available to prevent nuisance starting or unnecessary supply breaks.
TemTransfer 2 Product Features

TemTransfer 2’s back-lit LCD shows system status and indicates any system warnings via a 4 line text
display. Red and green LEDs indicate the operational status of the network. The module can be easily
configured by using TemTransfer 2 Configuration Suite PC Software, via an interface kit (optional).
Back-lit LCD with 4 line text display 5 configurable outputs
Real time clock 10 configurable inputs
PC / Front panel configuration Event log
Volt-free relays Auto start inhibit
Configurable timers Load inhibit
Supporting many different topologies, configurable timers, volt-free digital inputs and outputs make
the TemTransfer 2 controller a fully flexible solution to suit a wide variety of applications.
ACCESSORIES
TemTransfer 2 Specifications
CONTINUOUS MAINS (UTILITY) GENERATOR

VOLTAGE RATING VOLTAGE RANGE VOLTAGE RANGE
8V to 35V Continuous 15V to 333V AC (L-N) 15V to 333V AC (L-N)
CRANKING DROPOUTS OUTPUTS FREQUENCY RANGE
Able to survive 0V for 50 mS, OUTPUT A 3.5 Hz to 75 Hz
providing supply was at least (MAINS/UTILITY) DIMENSIONS
10V before dropout and supply Normally closed volt-free OVERALL
recovers to 5V. output 8A AC at 250V AC 215mm x 158mm x 42mm
This is achieved without the OUTPUT B (GENERATOR) 8.5" x 6.2" x 1.6"
need for internal batteries. Normally open volt-free PANEL CUT-OUT
LEDs and backlight will not output 8A AC at 250V AC 182mm x 137mm
be maintained during cranking. OUTPUT C 7.2" x 5.4"
MAXIMUM (START AND RUN) MAXIMUM PANEL
OPERATING CURRENT Normally closed volt-free THICKNESS
167 mA at 24V output
8A DC at 35V DC 8mm
MAXIMUM STANDBY 0.3"
CURRENT (UL Rating 30V)
66 mA at 24V OUTPUT D
Changeover volt-free output
8A AC at 250V DC
Generator Mains
Schematic Diagram: Automatic Changeover

System with TemTransfer 2 and TemBreak 2
Interlocked MCCBs
113
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
TemTransfer 2 Power Supply Module
Supplied as a separate unit, the power supply module for the TemTransfer 2 Automatic Changeover
Controller is self-seeking. The module will provide DC power output to the ACC whens mains power
is lost, this is achieved by automatically switching between either generator or battery supply. Housed
within a strong plastic casing the module can be either DIN or chassis mounted and has 3 red LEDs
which provide system status.
With short circuit protection, the module offers many features and is available with 24V DC output.
AC SUPPLY VOLTAGE PROTECTIONS

RANGE Short Circuit
90V to 305V (L-N) Over Circuit
BS EN 60950-1-2006 Reverse Polarity
DC OUTPUT DIMENSIONS OVERALL
OUTPUT 136mm x 140mm x 63mm
1 A DC at 24V DC 5.4" x 5.5" x 2.5"
CURRENT LIMIT WEIGHT
1.5 A DC 0.5 kg
RISE TIME ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING
<20 ms STANDARDS
RIPPLE AND NOISE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
<1% COMPATIBILITY
EFFICIENCY BS EN 61000-6-2-2005
>80% BS EN 61000-6-4-2007
REGULATION LINE ELECTRICAL SAFETY
<0.1% Vo BS EN 60950-1-2006
LOAD <5% Vo OPERATING TEMPERATURE
ACCESSORIES
The following schematic diagram illustrates an automatic changeover system employing the
TemTransfer 2 Automatic Changeover Controller.
MAIN Equipment Two-way, two-position latching

SUPPLY supplied key switch (required)
by
customer 24VDC Tem Transfer 2 Power Supply
Optional
ALTERNATIVE
SUPPLY
WIRING PANEL
LOAD
Mechanically and Electrically Wiring Panel for TemTransfer 2

Interlocked MCCBs and (Optional)
Accessories This optional wiring panel
Up to 1000A accessories, centralises wiring-connections,
including mechanical interlocks, and simplifies wiring of a
can be fitted in the field. TemTransfer 2 automatic
The unique design of the changeover system.
interlocks means that a special It consists of a control element
mounting plate is not necessary. and terminal block.
Contact us for a list of the Contact us for the wiring
accessories required. diagram.
115
SECTION 4
AUTO CHANGEOVER
CONTROLLER
TemTransfer 2 Automatic
Changeover Controller
(refer to page 124 for details).
Terasaki can supply
TemTransfer 2
pre-programmed to your
specification (contact us for
details), or with an optional
interface for self-programming
(refer to section 7 for order
codes). Otherwise supplied with
factory default settings.
TemTransfer 2 controller
requires 24V DC supply for
its operation.
ACCESSORIES
TEMBREAK 2 LITE MCCBs AND SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
Terminal Covers for Front Connection (CF)

Terminal covers for front connection are suitable for covering the exposed live parts of conductors
terminated on the MCCB.
Terminal Cover for Front Connection

Flush terminal covers are available for 250A frame models with CS terminal covers front or cable
clamp (FW) connection increase the ingress protection rating at the terminals without increasing
the overall length. They can be used with busbar and for direct entry of stranded cable.
Terminal covers for Rear Connection (CR)

Terminal covers for rear connection are
available for 160A to 250A frame models
and may be used on MCCBs fitted with
rear connections (RC). They prevent
access to the terminals from the front
and top.
Terminal Cover Lock Option is available

to lock and seal CF, CS and CR cover
on to MCCB.
Terminal Cover for Rear Connection
117
ACCESSORIES
TEMBREAK 2 LITE MCCBs AND SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
SECTION 4

Interpole barriers provide maximum insulation between phases at the terminals of the MCCB. They
cannot be fitted at the same time as any of the terminal covers. Interpole barriers for use on one end
of the MCCB are supplied as standard.
MCCB fitted with Interpole Barriers at both ends
Additional interpole barriers can be ordered individually. All interpole barriers can easily be fitted to
either end of an MCCB.
ACCESSORIES
TEMBREAK MCCBs AND SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
Operation of AX and AL
An auxiliary switch electrically indicates

$;E$; D $;E$; D
the ON or OFF status of the MCCB.
An alarm switch electrically indicates the $;F $;F

TRIP status of the MCCB. AX Terminal Designations AL Terminal Designations
Operation of AX and AL
6ZLWFK %UHDNHUVWDWXV >21@ >2))@ >75,3@
$X[LOLDU\ $;E $;D

11$;F14$;DÓ&ORVHGÐ 11$;F4$;DÓ2SHQÐ 11$;F14$;DÓ2SHQÐ
VZLWFK$;
11$;F12$;EÓ2SHQÐ 11$;F12$;EÓ&ORVHGÐ 11$;F12$;EÓ&ORVHGÐ
VWDWXV
$;F
$/E $/D
$ODUPVZLWFK 91$/F94$/DÓ2SHQÐ 91$/F94$/DÓ2SHQÐ 91$/F94$/DÓ&ORVHGÐ
75,3
$/VWDWXV 91$/F92$/EÓ&ORVHGÐ 91$/F92$/EÓ&ORVHGÐ 91$/F92$/EÓ2SHQÐ
$/F
Ratings of Auxiliary and Alarm (AX/AL)

Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Ratings
*HQHUDO&XUUHQW )RUPLFURORDG
$& 9 '& 9 '& 9
0&&%0RGHO $PSUHV$ $PSUHV$ 0LQLPXP 9 $ 0LQLPXP
9ROWDJH 9ROWDJH
5HVLVWLYH ,QGXFWLYH 5HVLVWLYH ,QGXFWLYH ORDG 0LQLPXP 5HVLVWLYH ORDG
9 9
ORDG ORDG ORDG ORDG ORDG ORDG
XS1250ND, XS1600ND 480 3 2 250 0.3 0.3

DC5V DC5V
160mA 1mA
XS2000ND, XS2500ND 250 5 5 125 0.6 0.6 30 01
DC30V DC30V
26.7mA 1mA
125 5 5 5 5 4
119
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Remote Tripping Devices
Shunt Trip (SHT)

A shunt trip allows an MCCB to be tripped
remotely on the application of the rated coil
Ｓ２Ｓ１
voltage across the shunt trip terminals. The ∼
（−）
∼
（＋）
MCCB contacts and toggle will move to the
Note: Shunt trip is provided with anti-burn switch
tripped position when the shunt trip is
operated.
The permissible voltage range is 85% to

110% for AC or 75% to 125% for DC.
Ratings of Shunt Trips

([FLWDWLRQ&XUUHQW$
9ROWDJH$& 9ROWDJH'&
0&&%0RGHO

XS1250ND, XS 1600ND
1.1 0.93 2.52 1.55 0.67 0.35
XS2000ND, XS2500ND
Under Voltage Trip (UVT)

An undervoltage trip will automatically trip
FRQWUROOHU
ＵＣ１Ｐ１
the circuit breaker when the voltage applied ＵＣ２Ｐ２

to its coil falls below a pre-set value. Remote
tripping of the breaker is also possible. Note: The UVT controller is installed
externally, when provided with AC UVT.
Tripping voltage is 35% 70% of the
rated voltage.
Resettable voltage is 85% or less, of the
rated voltage.
Ratings of Undervoltage Trips

3RZHU6XSSO\&DSDFLW\9$ ([FLWDWLRQ&XUUHQWP$
0&&%0RGHO $&9 '&9

XS1250-ND, XS 1600ND
5 5 5 22.7 6.0 -
XS2000-ND, XS2500ND
ACCESSORIES
Valid Maximum Accessory Combination
Frame size (A) 1250 and 1600A 2000 and 2500A
XS1250ND XS2000ND
XS1600ND XS2500ND
)
$;
$/
6+
$;
$/
89
$X[LOLDU\6ZLWFK
$ODUP6ZLWFK
6KXQW7ULS
8QGHUYROWDJH7ULS
121
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Termination of Control Wiring
The LTF terminal block facilitates convenient and accessible control wiring to internally mounted
accessories by allowing the use of control wiring cables with larger cross-sectional area than permitted
by the internal accessories.
Mounting Position and Standard Terminal Arrangement for 1250 to 1600A MCCB (LTF)
Mounting Position and Standard Terminal Arrangement for 2000 to 2500A MCCB (LTF)
ACCESSORIES
Positive Contact Indication

s Colour coding indicates the true position of
the contacts clearly: ON (red), OFF (green),
TRIP (white).
Manual Easy Maintenance
Operating Handle s Breaker mounting, removal, and even setting
Indicator
changes can be done without removing the
motor operator.
Lock Plate Manual ON/OFF Operation with One Stroke
Fast Closing Operation
Trip Button s Closing in 60ms or less. The closing time
remains constant over repeated operations.
Type 1250, 1600A, Motor Operator

Type of Motor Operators XMD 9 The breaker can be padlocked in the
Applicable MCCB XS1250 - ND “OFF” position by pulling out the lock plate,
and locking it with a padlock.
XS1600 - ND
When the breaker is “ON”, the
Rated Operating AC 100-115V 50/60Hz lock plate cannot be pulled out.
Voltage (V) 200-230V 50/60Hz Up to three lock can be used.
Padlock not supplied.
DC 100-110V
24V
Lock in “OFF” position (standard)
Manual Trip Button
Steady-state r.m.s. AC100-115V ON –/3.1
Amp/inrush Amp (A) 1.8/6.0
OFF, RESET
AC200-230V ON –/1.2
OFF, RESET 1.0/3.2
DC100-110V ON –/0.8
OFF, RESET 1.1/4.2
DC24V ON –/4.5
OFF, RESET 4.0/12.0
Type of operation Spring Charged
Operating Time(s) ON (Maximum values) 0.06
OFF, RESET 3
Control Switch Ratings 250V, 5A
Power Source Capacity (VA) 300VA NOTE
Maximum values at AC115V, 50Hz
Dielectric withstand voltage AC1500V Maximum values at AC230V, 50Hz
The value in brackets for 24V DC (AC500V)
Maximum values at DC110V
Weight (kg) 6.4
Maximum values at the rated operating voltages
= Available
Trip button on breaker to be used (accessible with motor fitted)
123
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Motorised Operation EMERGENCY TRIP Automatic Charge/

ON CONTROL Opening the breaker (OFF) discharge Function
When the ON switch is closed, using the motor operator takes If the breaker is closed
the latch release coil (LRC) is up to 3 seconds. If a remote manually (ON) while the
excited and the closing spring is emergency OFF function is power source is on, the handle
released. The breaker quickly necessary, incorporate the shunt switch (HS) induces automatic
closes and goes into ON status. trip device (SHT) or the release of the closing spring.
When the closing spring is undervoltage trip device Likewise, if the breaker is
released the limit switch (LS) (UVT) into the breaker. opened manually (OFF), the
is opened and the LRC is springs are automatically
PRECAUTIONS
de-excited. charged. If the breaker is
REGARDING USAGE
opened or closed while the
OFF CONTROL s If using the UVT option, be power source is off, later when
When the off switch is closed, sure to reset the UVT before the power source is turned on,
self-hold control relay (Y) is closing the breaker the closing spring will
activated and motor (M) s The motor operator must be automatically be charged or
operates to charge the closing supplied with voltage within discharged to match the
spring. The breaker changes the following range: ON/OFF status of the breaker.
to OFF status. DC: 75-110% of rated voltage This automatic
AC: 85-100% of rated voltage charge/discharge function is
RESET CONTROL necessary to prepare the closing
Operation at low voltage may
When the breaker is in TRIP burn out the motor. mechanism for the next
status, closing the OFF switch ON/OFF operation.
activates self-hold control relay The sound of the charging or
Anti-pumping Function
(Y) and starts motor (M). discharging of the spring
When the breaker is turned
Motor (M) charges the closing should not be mistaken for a
ON and the closing spring is
spring and resets the breaker. malfunction.
released, self-hold control relay
X is active. Xa-contact is held
Manual Operation closed, and Xb-contact is
ON, OFF (RESET) opened. While the ON switch
The breaker can be opened is closed, latch release coil
(OFF or RESET) and closed (LRC) will not be excited even
(ON) alternately by pulling the if the OFF switch is closed or
operating lever down in one an automatic reset circuit is
full stroke. ON/OFF operation being used. Pumping is
of the breaker is possible thus prevented.
without charging or releasing
the closing spring.
ACCESSORIES
Automatic Reset
An alarm switch (a-contact)

fitted in the breaker, can be
used to induce recharging of the
closing spring and automatically
reset the MCCB. Connect the
automatic reset circuit as
shown below.
If the alarm switch is used, a

pulse signal will be produced in
the automatic reset circuit when
the alarm is activated. Be sure to
use a self-hold circuit to avoid
possible problems caused by Connected Circuit AC and DC
this pulse signal.
It is recommended that a
time delay of approximately
3 minutes is introduced to the
automatic reset circuit for
thermal magnetic MCCB’s In
the event of an overload trip this
will prevent the motor operators
repeatedly driving the MCCB
between the tripped and reset
positions while the thermal
element is hot.
If an alarm signal is also

required for external control, use
a 2 alarm switch combination.
Note: Customer wiring shown in orange.
125
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Motor Driven Type
Reference Notes
(1) Permissible operating voltage range as Follows:
AC rated, 85% to 110% of the rated voltage
DC rated, 85% to 110% of the rated voltage
Note: AC rated operating voltage 380V or
400-460V a power transformer is available (optional).
(2) Requires breaker’s auxiliary switch (1b contact).

This will be wired at the factory (on request) when the
breaker/motor operator assemblies are ordered. However,
when all the auxiliary switch contacts are specified for
other purposes, an external auxiliary relay (not supplied)
is required to be controlled by the auxiliary a-contact of
the breaker and use the relay’s normally closed contact
(b-contact) for automatic reset.
(3) Time values at the rated operating voltage.

Allow a longer time for the motor operator to complete
the operation, at lower operating voltage.
(4) The motor operator is of a short time duty.

Do not subject it to more than 10 continuous ON-OFF
operations. If this occurs, allow the motor operator to
cool for at least 15 minutes.
(5) Maximum values at 110V AC

(6) Maximum values at 220V AC
(7) Special specification, available on request
Type of Motor Operators XMB 10
Applicable breakers XS2000-ND
XS2000-ND
Operating Voltage (V) (1) AC 100-110V 50/60Hz
AC 200-230V 50/60Hz
DC 100-110V
Automatic Reset (2)
Steady-state r.ms. (A) AC 100-110V 50/60Hz (5) 0.85/3.5
Amp/inrush Amp (A) AC 200-230V 50/60Hz (6) 1.3/2.1
DC 100V (7) 1.1/2.5
DC 110V (7) 1.2/3.0
Type Motor Driven
Operating Time(s) ON (Maximum values) 0.06 2.0
(3) (4) OFF/RESET 1.6
Control Switch Rating 250, 5A
Power Source Capacity (VA) 300
Dielectric Withstand Voltage AC1000V
Weight (kg) 16
ACCESSORIES
Motor operation Manual operation CAUTIONARY NOTES

‘ON’ control Position the manual handle 1) When the breaker is ON and
Operating the ON switch (supplied with motor operator) is then tripped, the ON/OFF
energises the relay (X) via the onto the motor operator shaft. indicator on the motor operator
motor switch 2-3 (closed). Turn the handle anti-clockwise will indicate ON until the
This in turn energises the to turn the breaker OFF or breaker is reset.
motor, which turns the breaker RESET. During manual Note: The breaker’s condition
ON. When the breaker is ON, operation (by handle) the motor may differ.
the motor switch is thrown to operator shaft is disengaged
the other side resulting in the from the mechanism. Removing 2) If the motor operator is
relay (X) de-energising and the handle automatically turned ON with the breaker
stopping the motor. engages the shaft with the OFF and the UVT de-energised,
motor operator mechanism. apply the power and complete
‘OFF’ control one ON-OFF operation.
Operating the OFF/RESET Handle switch (The breaker cannot be turned
Switch energises the relay With the addition of a handle ON). Then complete one ON
(Y) via the motor switch 1-2 switch, the motor operator operation again (The breaker
(closed). This in turn energises mechanism can be automatically can be turned ON)
the motor which turns the brought to the manually
breaker OFF. When the breaker operated position (ON or 3) Allow several minutes to cool
is OFF the motor switch is OFF) on removal of the handle, when a thermal-magnetic
thrown to the other side providing that the motor breaker is tripped by a thermal
resulting in the relay (Y) operator is powered up. overload trip, then reset the
de-energising and stopping breaker.
the motor.
“RESET” control Control Circuit for Motor Driven Type

Operate the OFF/RESET '&
$&
Switch to reset the tripped
breaker. Circuit operation is
the same for the OFF MOTOR
SW
M MOTOR
SW
M
2 5 8 2 5 8
Control procedures. 1 3 4 6 7 9 1 3 4 6 7 9
Y X Y X
Automatic reset (Optional) Xb Yb Xb Yb

Ya Ya
The automatic reset feature can Xa Xa Ya Xa Xa Ya
HANDLE
be incorporated by connecting SW
Xa Ya
HANDLE
SW
Xa Ya
the breaker’s auxiliary switch

contact (b-contact) in parallel AUTO RESET
SW (OPTION)
AUTO RESET
SW (OPTION)
with the OFF/RESET A B C D E A B C D E
control switch.
ON OFF ON OFF
RESET
~ SOURCE ~ RESET
SOURCE
127
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Door Mounted Handle (HS) Standard Type for 1250A and 1600A MCCB
The door mounted handle allows breakers installed in control centers

or switchboards to be manually operated from outside and complies
with IEC 60204-1. HS style handles are available for 1250 and
1600A models only. It consists of an operating mechanism that is
mounted on the breaker, an operating handle that is mounted on the
door, and a shaft that transmits the turning force from the handle to
the operating unit.
The shaft can be cut to the required length.
The shaft support makes easy to insert to the operating handle when
the panel door is being closed.
Square shaft
Operating unit
Shaft support
Gasket for IP65

(optional)
Operating handle
Handle cover
Door Interlock Mechanism Toggle Lock Mechanism

The external operating handle keeps the panel Padlock (Standard)
door locked when in the ON position. This mechanism allows the breaker to be
There is OFF open type only. padlocked in the OFF position.
Padlocks are not supplied.
OFF open type Up to three padlocks can be installed.
The handle is turned to the OFF position to
open the panel door. 3DGORFNLQJOHYHU
3ODVWLFOHYHURU0HWDOOHYHU
DYDLODEOH
Door interlock release button
The release button enables the
panel door to be opened with the
handle in the ON position.
To release: push the
release button on the
side of the operating
handle with a flat-bladed screwdriver.
ACCESSORIES
Breaker Mounted Handle for 1250A and 1600A MCCB (HB)
This external operating handle is used to operate a

circuit breaker mounted just behind a compartment
door with the door closed. The operating unit and
the handle itself are mounted directly onto the
circuit breaker. The handle protrudes through a
cutout in the door. A moulded door flange is
supplied with the external operating handle which
covers the cutout from the front.
Padlocking and keylocking is possible
in the OFF position.
Breaker Mounted Handle Padlocked in the OFF Position
Fittings for Castell locks are available. They are suitable for use on door mounted handles
(HS) for MCCBs.
Operating Handle for 2000A and 2500A MCCB, Panel Mounted Type XFE10
ON
Turn the handle clockwise to the ON position on the indication plate.
OFF
Turn the handle anti-clockwise to the OFF position on the indication plate.
RESET
When the breaker trips the handle indicates tripped
Turn the handle anti-clockwise to the
RESET position. This will reset the breaker
1DPH3ODWH
OPENING THE PANEL
Turn the handle anti-clockwise to OPEN DOOR.
The lock is released and the panel door
can be opened.
Locking Devices
+DQGOH
Toggle locking devices allow MCCBs to be
locked ON or OFF using up to three padlocks.
3DQHOORFNUHOHDVH
Locking devices for 1250A to 1600A
frame models accept padlocks with
8mm hasp diameter.
129
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Handle Extension for 1250 - 2500 A MCCB’s (XHA)
Handle extensions assist manual opening and closing operations for large frame MCCBs.
Handle extensions are supplied as standard on DC breakers rated 1250A and above.
XHA9B (1250A ~ 1600A) XHA10 (2000 ~ 2500A)
MCCB
ACCESSORIES
Insulation Accessorises
Terminal Covers for 1250A MCCB
Terminal covers are used to prevent direct General features

contact with live MCCB terminations. s Terminal covers for 1250A frame models
They also provide additional insulation to have an IP20 ingress protection rating
reduce the possibility of a short circuit
between phases or to earth when large s Terminal covers are ordered individually.
conductors are used. Two terminal covers are required to cover
both the line and load terminals of an
MCCB. Each cover can either be fitted to
Megger the top or bottom of the MCCB
measurement
holes s Terminal covers have a megger
measurement hole of 4mm diameter
on each phase.
1250AF Terminal Cover
131
ACCESSORIES
SECTION 4
Interpole Barriers for 1250A and 1600A MCCB (BA)
Interpole barriers provide maximum insulation between

phases at the terminals of the MCCB. They cannot be
fitted at the same time as any of the terminal covers.
Interpole barriers for use on one end of the MCCB are
supplied as standard. Additional interpole barriers can be
ordered individually. All interpole barriers can easily be
fitted to either end of an MCCB.
MCCB moulds have been designed to accept an additional
interpole barrier between two adjacent MCCBs.
MCCB Fitted with Interpole Barriers on Both Ends

133
CONTENTS
SECTION 5

INSTALLATION
Frame Reference TB2 Lite 160 TB2 Lite 250 TB2 125 TB2 S250 TB2 S/H/L 250 TB2 H/L 400 TB2 E/S 630
Max. In (A) of Frame 160 250 125 250 250 400 630
MOULDED CASE
BREAKERS
400 AC S250-NJ H160-NJ S400-NJ
S250-GJ L160-NJ S400-GJ
H250-NJ S400-PJ
L250-NJ H400-NE S400-NE
S250-NE L400-NE S400-GE

S250-GE S400-PE
S250-PE S630-CE
H250-NE E630-NE
S630-NE
S630-GE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
Icu = 70KA AT
690V Ac
TEMBREAK 2 VS125-NJ VS250-NJ XV400-NE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
FOR
1000V Ac
TEMBREAK 2
CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
INTEGRAL ZE125-NJ ZE250-NJ NEW 400A
RESIDUAL CBR
CURRENT CONTACT US
(CBR)

BREAKERS AND
S160-GD S250-GD PVS160-SDH
SWITCH- PVS160-SNL PVS400-NDH
DISCONNECTORS S160-SDN S250-SDN PVS160-SNH
FOR USE ABOVE
250V DC
PVS250-SDL
PVS250-SDH
PVS250-SNL
PVS250-SNH
SWITCH S250-SN S125-NN S250-NN S400-NN
DISCONNECTORS S160-SN
135
TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1000 TB2 1250 TB2 1600 TB 3200
800 1000 1250 1600 3200
CONTENTS SECTION 5
S800-CJ S1250-SE S1600-NE XS2000-NE
S800-NJ S1250-NE S1600-SE XS2600-NE
XS3200-NE
S800-RJ S1250-GE
S800-NE
S800-RE
H800-NE S1000-SE
L800-NE S1000-NE

L800-PE
XV630PE XV1250NE
XV800PE
PVS800-NDL

S800-ND XS1250ND XS1600ND XS2000-ND
XS3200-ND
S800-NN S1250-NN S1600-NN XS2000-NN

XS2500-NN

Contact alfanar for installation details.
INSTALLATION
Connection and Mounting
TemBreak 2 MCCBs connection and

mounting accessories facilitate easy installation
in any arrangement. Breakers and accessories
45mm
are easy to fit. They are designed to provide
safe and secure termination and mounting
points. 125A and 160A/250A frame models
have a 45mm front cutout. 45mm Cutout Patterns
Connection and mounting options overview diagram
Overview of Connection and Mounting Accessories
Please refer to Section, 1 Ratings and Specifications, for details of the connection and mounting
options which are available for each model.
Please refer to Section, 6 Dimensions, for detailed dimensions of connection and mounting options
and accessories.
Note that one set of mounting screws is supplied as standard with every circuit breaker or switch
disconnector purchased.
137
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
Connection of Busbars and Terminated Cables
This connection method is standard for all front connected (FC) MCCB models.
Solid conductors or cables terminated with crimp lug terminals can be used.
Serrated Terminal Surface

Each terminal on 160A and 250A models has a
serrated surface. This provides excellent grip for
heavy cables terminated with crimp lug terminals,
thereby preventing sideways rotation of the lug.
Maximum Dimensions of Compression Terminals

Frame Size (A) 125* 160 & 250 400 & 630
Width, W (mm) 17 25 25
Diameter, d (mm) 9 9 11
Maximum from centre to tip, dim e (mm) 8.5 10 12
Connection of Large Conductors and Multiple Conductors

Extension bars (FB) are terminal extensions which can be fitted to line
or load side terminals and are used to connect large conductors and
multiple conductors. Available for field fitting in sets of 3 or 4 bars.
*H125 and L125 are 250A frame size

INSTALLATION
Direct Entry of Stranded Cable
Cable clamp terminals (FW) can be used to secure stranded cable directly to the MCCB.
Available for field fitting in sets of 3 or 4.
MCCB Model Cable Capacity (mm2)

S125, VS125, ZE125, ZS125 1.5 to 50 (1 cable)
H125, L125 1.5 to 70 (1 cable)
S160, PVS160, S250, H250, L250, VS250, ZE250, ZS250 35 to 120 (1 cable)
E400, S400, H400, L400 80 to 240 (1 cable)
60 to 120 (2 cables)
Termination in Separate Compartment
Rear connections (RC) allow termination of conductors in a different switchboard

compartment to the MCCB body.
The stud can be rotated in steps of 45 degrees on a 125A to 630A frame MCCBs and
90 degrees on a 800A frame MCCBs in the field.
139
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
Plug-in Mounting
The plug in mounting system allows fast replacement of the MCCB body without the need to disturb
the terminations. Solid conductors or cables terminated with compression terminals can be used.
Plug-In Safety Lock
The plug-in MCCB body is automatically locked to the base when the contacts are closed (toggle ON).
It cannot be removed unless the contacts are in the isolated position (toggle OFF or TRIPPED).
This system ensures safe removal of the MCCB from the base. Plug-in safety lock is available from
125A to 800A frame models.
IP2X
Safety Lock
Plug-in MCCB and base Plug-in connections and safety lock are fitted
to the back of the MCCB
The connection bars for plug-in bases are optional and can be configured in the field either for front
or rear access. The illustrations below show possible mounting and connection options for plug in
bases. These mounting and connection options are available from 125A to 800A frame models.
Insulation
Plates
1. Mounted on base plate with 2. Terminations in separate 3. Mounted on angle bars.

connection bars mounted for compartment. Connection bars Connection bars are
front access. are mounted for top access at the mounted for rear access.
Insulation plates are supplied top and rear access at the bottom.
as standard and must be fitted.
Note: Plug-in mounting for 1250A frame model is available for only
“Mounted on angle bars”, and safety trip can be specified as option.
INSTALLATION
Mounting on 25mm DIN Rail
The DIN rail adaptor is easily fitted to the rear of 3 pole S125 and S250 models to allow clip mounting
of the MCCB to 35mm DIN rail.
The 45mm cutout of TemBreak 2 devices makes them suitable for mounting alongside modular devices
in distribution boards.
45mm
Door Flanges
A range of flanges which improves the appearance of door cutouts is available. These are
suitable for toggle-operated and motor-operated MCCBs and switch-disconnectors.
141
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
Insulation Distances
The insulation distances between the MCCB and earthed metal parts and insulators shown in
this section must be maintained to prevent arcing faults occurring due to conductive ionised gas.
In cases where other specifications require different insulation distances to those shown here,
the greater distance must be maintained. In cases where two different models are installed one
above the other, the insulation distance between the two models should be as for the lower model.
ATTENTION
Exposed conductors must be insulated up to the breaker terminals. Interpole barriers or optional terminal
covers are recommended. If optional terminal covers are used, insulate the exposed conductor until it
overlaps the terminal cover.
1. Insulation plate
2. Top plate (earthed metal)
3. Interpole barrier
4. Front-connected type
5. Front-connected type with extension bar
6. Rear-connected type, plug-in type
7. Side panel
8. A. Distance from lower breaker to exposed live part of upper breaker terminal (front-connected type)
or distance from lower breaker to end face of upper breaker (rear-connected type or plug-in type)
B1. Distance from end face of breaker to top plate
B2. Distance from end face of breaker to insulation plate
C. Gap between breakers
D. Distance from side of breaker to side panel (earthed metal)
E. Dimensions of insulation over exposed conductors
INSTALLATION
Insulation Distance in mm (At 690V AC Maximum) Note (5)
Model Type A B1 B2 C (4) D E

S125 NJ 50 40(2) 10 0 25 *(1)
S125 GJ 75 45 25 0 25 *(1)
H125 NJ 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
L125 NJ 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
L125 PJ 120 120 80 0 50 *(1)
S160 NJ 50 40 30 0 25 *(1)
S160 GJ 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
H160 NJ 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
L160 NJ 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
S250 NJ 50 40 30 0 25 *(1)
S250 NE 50 40 30 0 25 *(1)
S250 GJ 100 80 30 0 25 *(1)
S250 GE 100 80 30 0 25 *(1)
S250 PE 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
H250 NJ 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
H250 NE 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
L250 NJ 100 80 60 0 50 *(1)
E400 NJ 100 80 40 0 30 *(1)
S400 CJ 100 80 40 0 30 *(1)
S400 NJ 100 80 40 0 30 *(1)
S400 GJ 100 80 40 0 30 *(1)
S400 GE 100 80 40 0 30 *(1)
S400 PJ 100 80 40 0 30 *(1)
S400 PE 100 80 40 0 30 *(1)
H400 NE 120 120 80 0 80 *(1)
L400 NE 120 120 80 0 80 *(1)
L400 PE 120 120 80 0 80 *(1)
E630 NE 120 100 80 0 80 *(1)
S630 CE 120 100 80 0 80 *(1)
S630 GE 120 100 80 0 80 *(1)
S800 CJ 120 100 80 0 80 *(1)
S800 NJ 120 100 80 0 80 *(1)
S800 NE 120 100 80 0 80 *(1)
S800 RJ 150 120 80 0 80 *(1)
S800 RE 150 120 80 0 80 *(1)
H800 NE 120(3) 120 80 0 80 *(1)
L800 NE 120(3) 120 80 0 80 *(1)
L800 PE 200(3) 200 160 0 100 *(1)
S1000 SE 150 120 80 0 80 *(1)
S1000 NE 150 120 80 0 80 *(1)
S1250 SE 150 120 80 0 80 *(1)
S1250 NE 150 120 80 0 80 *(1)
S1250 GE 150 150 100 0 100 *(1)
S1600 SE 150 150 100 0 100 *(1)
S1600 NE 150 150 100 0 100 *(1)
*Note: (1) Insulate the exposed conductor until it overlaps the moulded case at the terminal, or the terminal cover.
(2) 10mm at 440V AC Maximum.
(3) Take care that arc gases are emitted to both line and load sides.
(4) If using extension bars (optional), ensure the insulation distance for the application.
(5) Contact alfanar for model types VS125-NJ and VS250-NJ.
143
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
Mounting Angle
TemBreak 2 MCCBs may be mounted at any angle without affecting performance.
Mounting angle does not affect performance.
Direction of Power Supply
Power can be supplied through TemBreak 2 MCCBs in either direction without loss of performance.
INSTALLATION
Standard Installation Environment and Special Treatments
TemBreak 2 MCCBs are intended for installation in the following conditions as standard:
s Operating ambient temperature -10 degrees C to 50 degrees C. Refer to page 191 for thermal
derating information above this temperature.
s Relative humidity of up to 85%.
s Altitude up to 2000m.
s Atmospheres free from dust, smoke, corrosive gases, inflammable gases, moisture and salt.
For installation in conditions more onerous than those described above, contact Terasaki for details.
The following special treatments have been developed for installation in specific
environmental conditions:
s Low temperature treatment. s Fungus-moisture proofing. For s Anti-corrosion treatment.

For installation at installation at temperatures up MCCB is surface treated
temperatures down to -40 to 65 degrees C and relative to increase resistance to
degrees C for storage and humidity of up to 95%. corrosion. If the MCCB is to
-20 degrees C for operation. The environment must be free be installed in atmosphere that
The environment must be from rapid changes in contains excessive volumes of
free from rapid changes in temperature. corrosive gases or moisture, it
temperature that result in the should be house in an airtight
formation of condensation. enclosure.
145
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
Temperature Ratings
Calibration Temperature: 50°C

MCCB Type Connection Rating at calibration Rated Current (A)
Type temperature (50°C) 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C
S125-NJ Front 20A 20 18.5 18 17.5
S125-GJ Rear 32A 32 30.5 30 29
Plug-in 50A 50 45 43 41
63A 63 57 55 52
100A 100 94 90 87
125A 125 117 113 109
H125-NJ Front 20A 20 18.5 18 17.5
L125-NJ Rear 32A 32 30 29 28
L125-PJ Plug-in 50A 50 47 45 44
63A 63 59 57 55
100A 100 95 92 89
125A 125 118 114 111
S160-NJ Front 20A 20 18.5 18 17.5
Rear, Plug-in 32A 32 30 29 28
S160-NJ Front 50A 50 46 44 42
S160-GJ Rear 63A 63 59 57 55
Plug-in 100A 100 94 91 88
125A 125 117 113 109
160A 160 151 146 141
H160-NJ Front
L160-NJ Rear 160A 160 151 147 143
Plug-in
S250-NJ Front 160A 160 151 146 141
S250-GJ Rear 250A 250 235 227 219
H250-NJ Front
L250-NJ Rear 160A 160 151 147 143
Plug-in
Front 250A 250 237 230 223
Rear
S400-CJ Front 250A 250 237 230 223
S400-NJ Rear 400A 400 380 369 358
S400-GJ Plug-in
S400-PJ
S800-CJ Front 630A 630 600.1 584.7 569.4
S800-NJ Rear 800A 800 758.9 737.9 716.9
S800-RJ Plug-in

Models Calibrated at 30°C Rating at calibration temperature
(30°C) 30°C 40°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C
H250-NJ Plug-in 250A 250 236 219 209 200 190
L250-NJ
INSTALLATION
Temperature Ratings
Electronic Models Rated Current (A)

Rating 30°C 40°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C
S250-NE Front 250A 250 250 237.5 225 200 200
S250-GE Rear
Plug-in 250A 250 225 200 200 157.5 157.5
S250-PE Front 250A 250 250 237.5 225 200 200
H250-NE Rear
S400-NE Front 250A 250 250 250 250 225 200
S400-GE Rear 400A 400 400 400 380 360 320
S400-PE Plug-in
H400-NE
L400-NE
L400-PE Rear 250A 250 250 250 250 225 200
Plug-in 250A 250 250 250 250 225 200
Rear 400A 400 400 400 380 360 320
Plug-in 400A 400 400 400 360 340 320
E630-NE Front 630A 630 630 630 598.5 567 504
S630-CE Rear
S630-GE
Note (1.) Supplied with terminal bars fitted as standard. Temperature ratings are not valid if the terminal bars are removed.
147
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
Temperature Ratings
Electronic Models Rated Current (A)

Rating 30°C 40°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C
S800-NE Front 630A 630 630 630 598.5 567 504
S800-RE Rear, Plug-in
Front 800A 800 800 800 720 640 504
Rear, Plug-in 800A 800 800 760 720 640 504
H800-NE Front 630A 630 630 630 598.5 567 504
L800-NE Rear 800A 800 800 720 640 504 504
Plug-in
L800-PE Rear 630A 630 630 630 598.5 567 504
Plug-in
Rear 800A 800 800 720 640 504 504
Plug-in
S1000-SE (1) Front 1000A 1000 1000 900 800 630 630
S1000-SE (1) Rear
S1250-SE (1) Front 1250A 1250 1250 1250 1000 787 787
S1250-NE (1) Rear 1250A 1250 1250 1125 1000 787 787
S1250-GE (1) Plug-in
S1600-SE (1) Front 1600A 1600 1600 1600 1440 1280 1008
S1600-NE (1) Rear 1600A 1600 1600 1520 1440 1280 1008
Note (1.) Supplied with terminal bars fitted as standard. Temperature ratings are not valid if the terminal bars are removed.
INSTALLATION
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND SWITCH
DISCONNECTORS FOR USE ABOVE 250V DC
1RQJURXQGHGV\VWHP *URXQGHGV\VWHP *URXQGHGV\VWHP

3URWHFWLRQ,VRODWLRQIXQFWLRQ 3URWHFWLRQ 3URWHFWLRQ,VRODWLRQIXQFWLRQ
6RXUFH 6RXUFH 6RXUFH
2UGLQDOO\
FRQQHFWLRQ
/RDG /RDG /RDG
/RDG /RDG /RDG
5HYHUVH
FRQQHFWLRQ
6RXUFH 6RXUFH
6RXUFH
$SSOLFDEOH 5DWHGEUHDNLQJ $SSOLFDEOH 5DWHGEUHDNLQJ $SSOLFDEOH 5DWHGEUHDNLQJ

1RVRI
7\SHRIEUHDNHUV YROWDJH FDSDFLW\ YROWDJH FDSDFLW\ YROWDJH FDSDFLW\
SROHV
9 ,FX,FV 9 ,FX,FV 9 ,FX,FV
61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
SROHVEUHDNHULVDSROHEUHDNHUZLWKWKHFHQWHUSROHRPLWWHG
149

INSTALLATION
SECTION 5

2UGLQDOO\
FRQQHFWLRQ
/RDG /RDG /RDG

1RVRI
SROHV
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$

;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
SROHVEUHDNHULVDSROHEUHDNHUZLWKWKHFHQWHUSROHRPLWWHG
INSTALLATION

2UGLQDOO\
FRQQHFWLRQ
/RDG /RDG /RDG
/RDG /RDG /RDG
5HYHUVH
FRQQHFWLRQ
6RXUFH 6RXUFH
6RXUFH

1RVRI
SROHV
66' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$

66' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
66' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
6*' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
6*' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
66' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
66' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
66' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
6*' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
6*' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3966'/ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3966'/ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3961'/ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3961'/ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
66'1 3
66'1 3
1RWH 7ZR EUHDNHUV DUH DYDLODEOH IRU RUGOQDU\ FRQQHFWLRQ DQG IRU UHYHUVH FRQQHFWLRQ 8VH WKH RUGLQDOO\ FRQQHFWHG EUHDNHUV IRU RUGLQDO FRQQHFWLRQ DQG WKH UHYHUVH FRQQHFWHG
EUHDNHUVIRUUHYHUVHFRQQHFWLRQ'RQRWXVHFRQWUDU\
151

INSTALLATION
SECTION 5

2UGLQDOO\
FRQQHFWLRQ
/RDG /RDG /RDG

1RVRI
SROHV
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$

;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
;61' 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
INSTALLATION

2UGLQDOO\
FRQQHFWLRQ
/RDG /RDG /RDG
/RDG /RDG /RDG
5HYHUVH
FRQQHFWLRQ
6RXUFH
6RXUFH
6RXUFH

1RVRI
SROHV
3966'/ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$

3966'/ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3966'+ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3966'+ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3961'/ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3961'+ 3 N$N$ N$N$
3961'/ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
3961'+ 3 N$N$ N$N$ N$N$
39661/ 3
39661/ 3
39661+ 3
39661+ 3
39611/ 3
39611+ 3
39611/ 3
39611+ 3
1RWH 7KHEUHDNLQJFDSDFLW\JRHVGRZQWR,FXN$,FVN$IRUJURXQGIDXOWSURWHFWLRQ
153
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
PVS160-SDL 3P, PVS250-SDL 3P

7HUPLQDOFRYHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
%
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG

0RXQWLQJSODWH
0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
$ $

7HUPLQDOFRYHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
%
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG

0RXQWLQJSODWH
0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
$ $
0LQLPXPLQVXODWLRQGLVWDQFHPP ,QVXODWLQJSODWH
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ
$ % 7HUPLQDOFDYHU ,QVXODWLQJSODWH
3966'/3 )URQWFRQQHFWHG SFVDUHVXSSOLHGIRUOLQH SFVRIPP PP

3966'/3 5HDUFRQQHFWHG DQGORDGVLGHDVVWDQGDUG DUHVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
INSTALLATION
PVS160-SDL 4P, PVS250-SDL 4P, PVS160-SNL 4P, PVS 250-SNL 4P
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
%

0RXQWLQJSODWH
0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
$ $
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
%

0RXQWLQJSODWH
0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
$ $
0LQLPXPLQVXODWLRQGLVWDQFHPP
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ 7HUPLQDOFDYHU
$ %
3966'/3
3966'/3 )URQWFRQQHFWHG
SFVDUHVXSSOLHGIRUOLQHDQGORDGVLGHDVVWDQGDUG
39661/3 5HDUFRQQHFWHG
39661/3
155
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
PVS160-SDH 4P, PVS250-SDH 4P, PVS160-SNH 4P, PVS250-SNH 4P

7HUPLQDOFRYHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
%
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG

0RXQWLQJSODWH
0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
$ $

7HUPLQDOFRYHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
%
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG

0RXQWLQJSODWH
0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
$ $
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ
$ % 7HUPLQDOFDYHU ,QVXODWLQJSODWH
3966'+3
3966'+3 )URQWFRQQHFWHG SFVDUHVXSSOLHGIRUOLQH SFVRIPP PP

39661+3 5HDUFRQQHFWHG DQGORDGVLGHDVVWDQGDUG DUHVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
39661+3
INSTALLATION
PVS 400-NDL 3P
,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
* * ,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
)
$
,QVXODWLQJSODWH VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
(
'

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%

& &
,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
$
VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
)
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
(
'

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%

& &
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ
$ % & ' ( ) * )URQWSDQHOVLGH 0RXQWLQJSODWHVLGH
)URQWFRQQHFWHG
3961'/3 1RWVXSSOLHG 6XSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
5HDUFRQQHFWHG
157
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
Insulation Distance DC600V or Less
The insulation distances between the breaker and earthed metal parts and insulators shown in the
table below must be maintained to prevent arcing faults occurring due to conductive ionised gas.
In addition, any exposed line-side conductors must be completely covered, right up the breaker casing
or to below the height protected by any interpole barriers. This can done by using an insulation tube
or tape, in order to provide positive protection against short circuit or ground fault due to metal
chipping, surge voltage, dust particles or salt. If terminal covers are not being used, the interpole
barriers supplied with the breaker as standard must be used.
,QVXODWLQJ 6KHDWKHGZLUH
WXEHRUWDSH
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU ,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
([SRVHG &RPSUHVVLRQ
FRQGXFWRU WHUPLQDO
/LQHVLGH
/RDGVLGH
,QVXODWLRQSODWH 7RSSODWHHDUWKHGPHWDO ,QWHUSROHEDUULHU

,QVXODWLRQWXEHRUWDSH
LVDOVRDFFHSWDEOH
6LGHSODWH
% % %
(
% % %
$
'
$
$ ,QVXODWLRQWXEH
RUWDSH
)URQWFRQQHFWLRQ )URQWFRQQHFWLRQ 5HDUFRQQHFWLRQ &

WHUPLQDOVFUHZ H[WHQVLRQEDU 3OXJLQ
A Distance from lower breaker to exposed live part of upper breaker terminal (front connection) or distance from
lower breaker to end face of upper breaker (rear connection).
B1 Distance from end face of breaker to top plate.
B2 Distance from end face of breaker to insulation plate.
C Gap between breakers.
D Distance from side of breaker to side plate (earthed metal).
E Dimension of insulation over exposed conductors.
INSTALLATION
Insulation Distance, mm (DC 600 V or less) Note
$
0RXOGHG&DVH&LUFXLW%UHDNHUV % % & ' Ｅ
1RWH②
3RVVLEOHWRVHWFORVH 1RWOHVVWKDQWKHOHQJWKRI
66' 6*' 66'1 ⑤
1RWH③ WKHEDUHOLYHSDUW 1RWH ④
66' 6*' 66'1 ⑤ 〃〃
61' 61' 61' 〃〃
;61' ;61' ;61' ;61' ;61' 〃〃
Notes:
Required to allow free and uninterrupted flow of arc gases. Ensure additional clearance or insulation distance if required to perform wiring, barrier installation or electrical
work or to meet the need for more insulation distance between bare live parts and grounded metal members in a switchboard or the like.
The figures are for lower breakers.
When the accessories are fitted it is not possible to set close.
For front connected breakers, insulate all exposed conductors of the line side until the breaker end. If interpole barriers are packed, be sure to use the barriers; more over,
insulate all exposed conductors by insulating tape or the like so that the tape overlaps with the barriers.
Be sure to install the terminal covers (supplied as standard) on the line side of the breakers.
If using extension bars (optional), ensure the insulation distance specified for the application.
159
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
Insulation Distance DC750V-1000V
The insulation distances between the breaker and earthed metal parts and insulators shown in the
table below must be maintained to prevent arcing faults occurring due to conductive ionised gas. In
addition, any exposed line-side conductors must be completely covered, right up the breaker casing or
to below the height protected by any interpole barriers. This can done by using an insulation tube or
tape, in order to provide positive protection against short circuit or ground fault due to metal
chipping, surge voltage, dust particles or salt. If terminal covers are not being used, then the interpole
barriers supplied with the breaker as standard must be used. For DC750V-1000V breakers, the front
and the rear insulating plates must also be installed.
PVS400-NDL 4P, PVS400-NDH 4P
Front-connected )URQWSDQHO
,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

)
$
VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
(

'
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%

,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
& &
Rear-connected ,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
)URQWSDQHO
* *
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
$
)
VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
(

'
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%

& &
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ
1RWVXSSOLHG 6XSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
3961'+3 5HDUFRQQHFWHG
INSTALLATION
PVS400-NNL 4P, PVS400-NNH 4P
Front-connected
)URQWSDQHO ,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
* *
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
$
)
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
(
'
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
& & ,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
Rear-connected )URQWSDQHO

,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
* *
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
$
)
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
(
'
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
& &
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ
39611/3 )URQWFRQQHFWHG
1RWVXSSOLHG 1RWVXSSOLHG
39611+3 5HDUFRQQHFWHG
161
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
PVS800-NDL 4P, PVS800-NDH 4P

Front-connected
,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
)URQWSDQHO
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
)
$
VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
(
'
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
* *
& &
Rear-connected ,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
)URQWSDQHO

,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
$
)
VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
(

'
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%

* *
& &
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ
1RWVXSSOLHG 6XSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
3961'+3 5HDUFRQQHFWHG
INSTALLATION
PVS800-NNL 4P, PVS800-NNH 4P

Front-connected
,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
)URQWSDQHO
)
$
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
(
'
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%

& &
Rear-connected
,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
)URQWSDQHO
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
* *
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
$
)
VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
(
'
,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%

& &
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ
39611/3 )URQWFRQQHFWHG
1RWVXSSOLHG 1RWVXSSOLHG
39611+3 5HDUFRQQHFWHG
163
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
PVS800-NDL 3P

,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
$
)
(
'

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
* *
& &
,RQLVHGJDVDUHD
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
$
)
( '

0RXQWLQJSODWH
%
* *
& &
7\SH &RQQHFWLRQ
)URQWFRQQHFWHG
3961'/3 1RWVXSSOLHG 6XSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
5HDUFRQQHFWHG
Temperature Ratings

MCCB Type Connection Rating at Calibration Rated current (A)
Type temperature (50°C)
(50°C) (55°C) (60°C) (65°C)
S160-SD Front 25A 25 24 24 23
S160-GD Rear 32A 32 31 29 28
40A 40 39 37 36
63A 63 61 59 57
80A 80 77 73 70
100A 100 97 94 91
125A 125 122 118 115
160A 160 156 152 149
S250-SD Front 100A 100 98 96 94
S250-GD Rear 125A 125 122 119 115
160A 160 156 152 148
200A 200 195 189 183
250A 250 243 236 229
S400-ND Front 250A 250 237 230 223
PVS400-NDL, PVS400-NDH Rear 400A 400 380 369 358
S800-ND Front 630A 630 600 585 569
PVS800-NDL, PVS800-NDH Rear 800A 800 759 738 717
S1000-ND Front 1000A 1000 950 920 900
Rear
XS1250ND Front 1250A 1250 1175 1150 1100
Rear
XS1600ND Front 1600A 1600 1500 1470 1440
Rear
XS2000ND Rear 2000A 2000 2000 1840 1800
XS2500ND Rear 2500A 2500 2300 2250 2175
165
CONTENTS
SECTION 6

DIMENSIONS
Max. In (A) of Frame 160 250 125 250 250 400 630
MOULDED CASE
BREAKERS
S250-NJ H160-NJ S400-NJ
S250-GJ L160-NJ S400-GJ
H250-NJ S400-PJ
L250-NJ H400-NE S400-NE
S250-NE L400-NE S400-GE
S250-GE S400-PE
S250-PE S630-CE
H250-NE E630-NE
S630-GE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
Icu = 70KA AT
690V Ac

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
FOR
1000V Ac

CIRCUIT
INTEGRAL NEW 400A
RESIDUAL ZS125-GJ ZS250-GJ CBR
CURRENT COMING SOON!
CONTACT US
(CBR)
CIRCUIT S160-SD PVS160-SDL PVS400-NDL S400-ND

S250-SD
BREAKERS AND PVS160-SDH
SWITCH- S160-GD S250-GD PVS400-NDH
PVS160-SNL
FOR USE ABOVE PVS400-NNH
250V DC PVS250-SDL
PVS250-SDH
PVS250-SNL
PVS250-SNH
SWITCH S160-SN S250-SN S125-NN S250-NN S400-NN
DISCONNECTORS
167
TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1000 TB2 1250 TB2 1600 TB 3200
800 1000 1250 1600 3200
CONTENTS SECTION 6
S800-CJ S1250-SE S1600-SE XS2000-NE TEMBREAK 2
MOULDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
S800-NJ S1250-NE S1600-NE XS2500-NE & SWITCH
DISCONNECTORS
S800-RJ S1250-GE XS3200-NE
S800-NE Pages 195 - 215
S800-RE
S1000-SE
S1000-NE
H800-NE
L800-NE
L800-PE TEMBREAK 2
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
WITH
ICU = 70KA
AT 690V AC
Pages 216 - 221
XV630PE XV1250NE TEMBREAK 2

MOULDED CASE
XV800PE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
FOR 1000V AC
Pages 222 - 223
TEMBREAK 2
MOULDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
WITH INTEGRAL
RESIDUAL CURRENT
PROTECTION (CBR)
Pages 229 - 230
PVS800-NDL S800-ND XS1250ND* XS1600ND* XS2000ND MOULDED CASE

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PVS800-NDH S1000-ND XS2500ND &
SWITCH
PVS800-NNL DISCONNECTORS
XS3200ND FOR USE ABOVE
PVS800-NNH 250V DC
Pages 231 - 239
S800-NN S1250-NN S1600-NN XS2000-NN ACCESSORIES
Pages 240 - 291

Contact alfanar for dimensions
DIMENSIONS
TEMBREAK 2 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS &
SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
S125-NJ, S125-GJ, S125-NN
ASL: Arrangement Standard Line HL: Handle Frame Centre Line
Front connected :LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV

RSWLRQDO
Rear connected

3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQVVKRZQJLYHDQ
DOORZDQFHRIPPRUPRUHDURXQGWKH
KDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
Front connected with Motor Operator

3 3 3UHSDUDWLRQRIFRQGXFWRU 'ULOOLQJSODQ 3DQHOKLQJHSRVLWLRQKDWFKLQJDUHD
ERWWRPYLHZ
¢
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
PD[
UHPRYDEOH 0RXQWLQJKROH 3 3

)URQWSDQHOW

+/ +/ 0VFUHZ +/ +/
PD[ +/

PD[W

2SHUDWLQJNQRE

&/

0[

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 0[
&RQQHFWRUSOXJ 7DSSHGKROH

PD[
Rear connected with Motor Operator

'ULOOLQJSODQ 3DQHOFXWRXW
)URQWYLHZ
+/

0RXQWLQJSODWH 3 3 3
)URQWSDQHOW

2SHUDWLQJNQRE PD[W 3
+/ +/
+/

5

&/ &/ &/

&RQGXFWRU

RYHUODSPD[

3DGORFN ¢ 0;
¢
0RXQWLQJ
&RQQHFWRUSOXJ 6WXGFDQEH VFUHZ 0;
7DSSHGKROH 3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQVVKRZQ
JLYHDQDOORZDQFHRIPP
DURXQGWKHKDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
PD[
169
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
S125-NJ, S125-GJ, S125-NN Plug in Version
Outline Dimensions Termination of Busbar
P reperation of conductor
Support or rail
10 (max.)
6.5
Mounting screw
M6x14 max.
15 (max.) 5 (max.)
Mounting on a support or rails (shown with optional connection bars oriented for rear access)
Detail of connecting part

(rear view) Drilling plan(front view)
Oriented for rear access
3P 4P 3P 4P
8.5
Support or rail
3.2t
8.5
3.2t
max 105
14. 2 14. 2
75
37.5
50
22. 2 22. 2
4- 6 4- 6
17.5 15 22.5 15
35 70
Mounting through the backplate (shown with optional connection bars oriented for rear access)
(re a r vie w) D rilling pla n(front vie w) Detail of connecting part

Mounting Plate Mounting Plate
68.2
Mounting Screw M5x20a 60.2
3P 4P 3P 4P 8.5
2- 6 4- 6
8.5 3.2t
3.2t
3.2t
3.2t
14. 2 14. 2
113
155
102
45
168
180
155
22. 2 22. 2
(61) 17 17 15
97 30 30 30 30 30 30 60
4 101 94 124
121 27 22.2
Mounting on the backplate (optional connection bars must be oriented for front access)
(re a r vie w) D rilling pla n(front vie w) Detail of connecting part

Insulating plate Oriented for front access
Mounting screw M5 NUT Mounting Plate
21.8 3P 4P 3P 4P
3.2t
8
125
155
102
8.5
185
152
45
3.2t
21.8
8
2- 6 4- 6
3.2t 21.8 15 15
(61) 8.5
1 17 17
144 30 60
4 148
30 30 30 30 30
168
Mounting plate
Insulating plate
Note that the insulation plate (supplied as standard) must be fitted between the base and the backplate.
DIMENSIONS
S160-NJ, S160-GJ, S250-NJ, S250-GJ, S250-N
Front connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO
Rea r connected

KDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
Rea r connected with Motor Operator
171
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
S160-NJ, S160-GJ, S250-NJ, S250-GJ, S250-NN Plug-in Versions
Outline Dimens ions Termination of B us bar
S upport or rail
15. 5 (max.)
9
Mounting scr ew
M8x18 max.
22 (max.) 6 (max.)
Mounting on a s upport or rails (shown with optional connection bars oriented for rear acces s )
S upport or rail
Mounting through the backplate (shown with optional connection bars oriented for rear acces s )
88
Mounting plate 76.5
Mounting scr ew M5x20
4t
4t
165
102
45
116
172
96
132
4 136
156 27 42
Mounting on the backplate (optional connection bars mus t be oriented for front acces s )
22 Ins ulating plate

4t Mounting screw M5 NUT
20
165
102
160
45
20
22
96 1
Mounting plate
179
4
203
DIMENSIONS
H125-NJ, L125-NJ, H160-NJ, L160-NJ, S250-NE, S250-GE, S250-PE,
H250-NJ, H250-NE, L250-NJ
Front connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO
Rear connected

KDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
173
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
H125-NJ, L125-NJ, H160-NJ, L160-NJ, S250-NE, S250-GE, H250-NJ, L250-NJ.
Plug-in Versions
S upport or rail
15. 5 (max.)
9
Mounting scr ew
M8x18 max.
22 (max.) 6 (max.)
S upport or rail
88
Mounting plate 76.5
Mounting scr ew M5x20
4t
4t
165
102
45
116
172
96
132
4 136
156 27 42

4t Mounting screw M5 NUT
20
165
102
160
45
20
22
96 1
Mounting plate
179
4
203
DIMENSIONS
S250-NE, S250-GE, S250-PE, H250-NE with Communication Module
Front connected
3UHSDUDWLRQRI 'ULOOLQJSODQ
FRQGXFWRU IURQWYLHZ
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU 0RXQWLQJKROH
UHPRYDEOH ¢
3 3
PD[

PD[ 3 3
0VFUHZ PD[W
+/ +/ +/ +/

&/ &/ &/

0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
0
&RPPXQLFDWLRQXQLW PPZLUHV
7DSSHGKROH
IRUSRZHUVXSSO\

5-FDEOHV
IRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
Rear connected 'ULOOLQJSODQ 3DQHOFXWRXW

IURQWYLHZ IURQWYLHZ
3 3 3 3 3
0RXQWLQJSODWH
PD[W 3 +/ +/ +/ +/
¢

&RQGXFWRU

&/ &/ &/

RYHUODSPD[

¢

5-FDEOHV

IRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQ 6WXGFDQEH
WXUQHG££ 0 0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
7DSSHGKROH
PPZLUHV 3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQVVKRZQJLYHDQ

IRUSRZHUVXSSO\ DOORZDQFHRIPPRUPRUHDURXQGWKH
KDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
Plug-in
7HUPLQDWLRQRI%XVEDU
3 0RXQWLQJ 3
+/ KROH +/
6XSSRUWRUUDLO
3UHSHUDWLRQRIFRQGXFWRU

&/ &/

PD[
0
&RPPXQLFDWLRQXQLW 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
¢
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
PPZLUHV 0 PD[
IRUSRZHUVXSSO\
PD[ PD[
5-FDEOHV
IRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
Mounting on a s upport or rails (s hown with optional connection bars oriented for rear acces s )
UHDUYLHZ 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 'HWDLORIFRQQHFWLQJSDUW
3 3 2ULHQWHGIRUUHDUDFFHVV

3 3
+/ +/ +/ +/ ¢
¢
¢
W
W
PD[

&/ &/ &/

0RXQWLQJSODWH

0 0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
PPZLUHV
IRUSRZHUVXSSO\
7HUPLQDOEDUVVKRXOGEHFRQQHFWHG
5-FDEOHV DOWHUQDWHO\RQDGMDFHQWSROHV
IRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
175
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
E400-NJ, S400-CJ, S400-NJ, S400-NE, S400-GJ, S400-GE, S400-PJ, S400-PE, S400-NN
Front connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO

Rear connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO


DIMENSIONS
E400-NJ, S400-CJ, S400-NJ, S400-NE, S400-GJ, S400-GE, S400-PJ,
S400-PE Plug-in Version
Outline Dimensions Termination of B us bar
Support or rail
20 (max.)
11
Mounting scr ew
M10x30 max.
30 (max.) 8 (max.)
Support or rail
Mounting plate 113

102
Mounting screw M5 x 20
6t
6t
260
102
90
198
258
276
97
138
4 142
180 65 48
Ins ulating plate

Mounting screw M6x70 Mounting plate
32 1
6t
260
102
90
97
32 1
204 12
4 208
246
Mounting M6 NUT
Ins ulating plate
177
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
H400-NE, L400-NE
Front connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO
Rear connected

:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO

DIMENSIONS
H400-NE, L400-NE. Plug-in Versions
Outline Dimensions Termination of B us bar
Support or rail
20 (max.)
11
Mounting scr ew
M10x30 max.
188
30 (max.) 8 (max.)
Support or rail
188
Mounting plate 113

102
Mounting screw M5 x 20
6t
6t
260
102
198
258
276
90
134
175
4 179
217 65 48
Ins ulating plate

33
Mounting screw M6x70 32 1 Mounting plate
6t
260
102
90
134
32 1
241 12
4 245
283
Ins ulating plate
179
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
E630-NE, S630-CE, S630-GE, S630-NN
Front connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO

Rear connected
DIMENSIONS
E630-NE, S630-CE, S630-GE, S630-NN with Motor Operators
Front connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO

181
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
S800-CJ, S800-NJ, S800-RJ, S800-NE, S800-RE, S800-NN
Front connected with extension bars (optional)

,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
3 UHPRYDEOH 0RXQWLQJKROH
+/ ¢ 3 W / 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ
+/
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
UHPRYDEOH

3 3
+/ +/

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

7ULSEXWWRQUHG

0
0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

7DSSHGKROH
: W /

&RQGXFWRU %UHDNHU7\SH 5DWHG&XUUHQW W W / / :
RYHUODSPD[

6&-61- $

65-611 $
61(65( $
$
R ear connected
'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ
3 *URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJKHDW
6WXGFDQEH 3 JHQHUDWHGE\RYHUFXUUHQW 3
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ WXUQHG° +/ ¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJ 3 3 3

UHPRYDEOH
¢
ZKHQQHFHVVDU\ +/ +/ +/

5

$6/ $6/ $6/

0

7DSSHGKROH

¢
&RQGXFWRU

0 RYHUODSPD[

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQVVKRZQJLYHDQDOORZDQFH
RIPPDURXQGWKHKDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
1RWH6WXGVDUHIDFWRU\LQVWDOOHGLQKRUL]RQWDOGLUHFWLRQERWKRQWKHOLQHDQGORDGVLGHV
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ

UHPRYDEOH
3 3 0RXQWLQJKROH

+/ +/ W / 0
¢
)URQW3DQHO
0DQXDORSHUDWLQJKDQGOH 7DSSHGKROH

+/

UHPRYDEOH +/

3DGORFN

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

RYHUODSPD[

&RQQHFWRUSOXJ
:
W /

&RQGXFWRU
3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQVVKRZQ

JLYHDQDOORZDQFHRIPP
DURXQGPRWRURSHUDWRU

'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ
3DQHOKLQJHSRVLWLRQKDWFKLQJDUHD
¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJ
6WXGFDQEH ZKHQQHFHVVDU\ ERWWRPYLHZ
)URQW3DQHO WXUQHG°
+/ 3 3

0DQXDORSHUDWLQJKDQGOH
¢
+/ +/

UHPRYDEOH

+/

3DGORFN

$6/ $6/ $6/

0
RYHUODSPD[
&RQQHFWRUSOXJ ¢
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

&RQGXFWRU

0
7DSSHGKROH
DIMENSIONS
S800-CJ, S800-NJ, S800-RJ, S800-NE, S800-RE. Plug-in Versions
Outline Dimens ions 0

Termination of B us bar
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
3 3 7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ P reperation of conductor
0RXQWLQJKROH
+/ +/ UHPRYDEOH

$6/ $6/ $6/ 25 (max.)

17

ø13

7ULSEXWWRQ
UHG
40 (max.) 10 (max.) Mounting scr ew M12 25 max. Hex. s ec. head bolt.
Mounting on a s upport or rails

0RXQWLQJEDVH 'ULOOLQJSODQ
0 UHDUYLHZ IURQWYLHZ ¢ 5

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ 3 3 3 3
+/ +/ +/ +/

UHPRYDEOH

¢

¢

W
W

$6/ $6/ $6/

¢

¢ 5

Terminal bars s hould be connected alternately
on adjacent poles .
(rear view) Drilling plan (front view)

0RXQWLQJSODWH Oriented for rear access
3DQKHDGVFUHZ 0RXQWLQJSODWH
0 ¢ 5


UHPRYDEOH +/ +/ +/ +/
W

¢

W
W
W

$6/ $6/ $6/

¢

¢ 5

on adjacent poles .
(rear view) Drilling plan (front view) Detail of connecting part

Oriented for front access
3 3
+/ +/

0RXQWLQJSODWH ¢
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
W
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ 3 3
0 +/ +/
UHPRYDEOH

5

$6/ $6/

$6/

¢

0RXQWLQJSODWH
W

W

,QVXODWLQJSODWH
¢

183
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
H800-NE, L800-NE
Front connected
3 ,QWHUSROHEDUULHU 3 0RXQWLQJKROH
+ ¢ UHPRYDEOH
+
/ /
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ 3 3

UHPRYDEOH

+/ +/

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

7ULSEXWWRQUHG
0

0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

7DSSHGKROH
/
&RQGXFWRU 5DWHGFXUUHQW /
RYHUODSPD[
$

$
Rear connected
3 Groove for dissipating
6WXGFDQEH 3 heat generated by
¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJ ¢ overcurrent 3
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ WXUQHG° +
/ 3 3
UHPRYDEOH ZKHQQHFHVVDU\ 3
+
/ +
/
+/

5

$6/ $6/ $6/
0

7DSSHGKROH

¢ &RQGXFWRU

0 RYHUODSPD[

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ


UHPRYDEOH
0RXQWLQJKROH
3 3

+/ +/ 0
¢
)URQW3DQHO
7DSSHGKROH


+/ +/
UHPRYDEOH ()
3DGORFN

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

()
RYHUODSPD[
0

&RQQHFWRUSOXJ () 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

/

&RQGXFWRU

5DWHGFXUUHQW / JLYHDQDOORZDQFHRIPP
$ DURXQGPRWRURSHUDWRU
$

*URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJ 3DQHOKLQJHSRVLWLRQKDWFKLQJDUHD
¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJ KHDWJHQHUDWHG ERWWRPYLHZ
ZKHQQHFHVVDU\ E\RYHUFXUUHQW
)URQW3DQHO 6WXGFDQEH
WXUQHG° 3 3 ¢
0DQXDORSHUDWLQJKDQGOH +/
+
/ +
/
UHPRYDEOH

+/
3DGORFN

$6/

$6/ 0

7DSSHGKROH

&RQQHFWRUSOXJ 0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
RYHUODSPD[

&RQGXFWRU

DIMENSIONS
H800-NE, L800-NE. Plug-in Versions
Outline Dimens ions 0

Termination of B us bar
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
3 3 7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ P reperation of conductor
+/
0RXQWLQJKROH
+/ UHPRYDEOH

$6/ $6/ $6/ 25 (max.)

17

ø13
7ULSEXWWRQ
UHG
40 (max.) 10 (max.) Mounting scr ew M12 25 max. Hex. s ec. head bolt.
Mounting on a s upport or rails

0RXQWLQJEDVH 'ULOOLQJSODQ
0 UHDUYLHZ IURQWYLHZ ¢ 5

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

+/ +/ +/ +/

UHPRYDEOH

¢

¢

W
W

$6/ $6/ $6/

¢

¢ 5

on adjacent poles .
(rear view) Drilling plan (front view)

0RXQWLQJSODWH Oriented for rear access
3DQKHDGVFUHZ 0RXQWLQJSODWH
0 ¢ 5

7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ 3 3 3
3

+/ +/ +/ +/
UHPRYDEOH
W

¢

W
W
W

$6/ $6/ $6/

¢

¢ 5

on adjacent poles .
(rear view) Drilling plan (front view) Detail of connecting part

Oriented for front access
3 3
+/ +/

0RXQWLQJSODWH ¢
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
W
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ 3 3
0 +/ +/
UHPRYDEOH

5

$6/ $6/ $6/

¢

0RXQWLQJSODWH
W

W

,QVXODWLQJSODWH
¢

185
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
S1000-SE, S1000-NE, S1000-NN
Front connected
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
UHPRYDEOH 0RXQWLQJKROH
3 3 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ
+/
+/ ¢ 7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
UHPRYDEOH

3 3

+/ +/

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

7ULSEXWWRQUHG

0
0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

7DSSHGKROH

&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[

Rear connected
9HUWLFDOGLUHFWLRQ 3 *URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJKHDW
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ RQO\ 3 JHQHUDWHGE\RYHUFXUUHQW 3
UHPRYDEOH +/ ¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJ 3 3 3

¢
ZKHQQHFHVVDU\ +/ +/ +/
¢

5

&RQGXFWRU $6/ $6/
$6/

RYHUODSPD[ 0

7DSSHGKROH

0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ


UHPRYDEOH
3 0RXQWLQJKROH
3

+/ +/ 0
¢
)URQW3DQHO
0DQXDORSHUDWLQJKDQGOH 7DSSHGKROH

+/

UHPRYDEOH +/

3DGORFN

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

RYHUODSPD[

&RQQHFWRUSOXJ

&RQGXFWRU

JLYHDQDOORZDQFHRIPP
DURXQGPRWRURSHUDWRU

9HUWLFDO
GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQQHFHVVDU\ ERWWRPYLHZ
)URQW3DQHO RQO\
+/ 3 3

¢
+/ +/
¢

UHPRYDEOH +/

3DGORFN

&RQGXFWRU

$6/ RYHUODSPD[ $6/ $6/

&RQQHFWRUSOXJ 0 ¢

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

0
7DSSHGKROH
DIMENSIONS
S1250-SE, S1250-NE, S1250-GE, S1250-NN
Front connected 3 3 0RXQWLQJKROH 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ

,QWHUSROHEDUULHU

¢
UHPRYDEOH +/ +/ 3
3

7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ

UHPRYDEOH +/

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

7ULSEXWWRQUHG ¢

0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[

Rear connected 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ

0
0RXQWLQJSODWH 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 3
3 3
3 3 3
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ ,QVXODWLQJSODWH +/ +/ ¢ +/ +/
UHPRYDEOH

$6/ $6/

$6/ $6/

¢

&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[

6RIWSODVWLFWXELQJ¢WREHSURYLGHGRQ
FHQWHUSROHDQGQHXWUDOSROHRIYHUWLFDO 3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQVVKRZQJLYH

WHUPLQDOW\SHIRULQVXODWLRQ ¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJZKHQQHFHVVDU\ DQDOORZDQFHRIPPDURXQGWKH

KDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
Front connected with Motor Operator 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ

3 3 3

¢
+/ +/ 3

+/

3DGORFN

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

&RQWUROFLUFXLW

WHUPLQDO

¢
0
PD[
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[
PD[

Rear connected with Motor Operator 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ

0 3
0RXQWLQJSODWH 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 3 3 3 3
,QVXODWLQJSODWH 3
+/ ¢ +/ +/

+/ 5

$6/ $6/ $6/

¢

PD[

6RIWSODVWLFWXELQJ¢WR

EHSURYLGHGRQFHQWHU
SROHDQGQHXWUDOSROHRI
YHUWLFDOWHUPLQDOW\SHIRU
3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQVVKRZQJLYH
LQVXODWLRQ ¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJZKHQQHFHVVDU\
DQDOORZDQFHRIPPDURXQGPRWRU
&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[ RSHUDWRU
187
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
S1250-SE, S1250-NE, S1250-GE, S1250-NN. Plug-in Versions
P lug-in
Mounting base Drilling plan (front view)
(rear view)
3 3
3 3 3 3
Mounting angle +/ +/
+/ +/

Toggle extens ion
(removable)

Auxiliary

circuit terminals

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/ ¢
M10 Mounting

scr ew

¢

C onductor
overlap, max
Plug- in with Motor Operator Mounting base Drilling plan (front view)
(rear view)
M10
Mounting scr ew 3
3
3 3 3
3 +/ +/ Mounting angle +
/

0D[
+/

$6/ $6/ $6/ $6/

Mounting angle

0D[
¢

PD[
Auxiliary

circuit terminals

¢ Conductor
overlap, max
Panel cutout (front view)

3
3
+/
5

$6/

Panel cutout dimensions shown give

an allowance of 1.0mm around motor
operator.
DIMENSIONS
S1600-SE, S1600-NE, S1600-NN
Front connected Interpole barrier 3P 4P Mounting hole 20 11 Drilling plan (front view)
3
(removable) HL ø1 HL Insulating plate
15(max)
4P
Toggle extension 3P
110
100
(removable) HL
30
190 190
170
200
Mounting angle
184
47.5
370
95
ASL ASL ASL ASL
139(min.)
M8
140
154
170
78 78 28 18 Mounting screw
Trip button (red)
20
ø9
100
70
32
15
45 70 70 70 20 46
140 105 175 Conductor 132
210 280 overlap, max 17 140
80 191
Rear connected Drilling plan (front view) Panel cutout (front view)
M8 4P 4P 4P
Mounting angle Mounting screw 3P 3P 3P
HL HL
Toggle extension HL
(removable)
2
ø1
184
R3
30
65
60
98
ASL ASL ASL
139(min)
100
85
30
154
30
15
Conductor
overlap, max 15
70 70 70 Insulation tube
ø9 193
70 15 ( ONOFFsidesideCenter pole and Neutral pole
All poles ) 70
17 140 85 Panel cutout dimensions shown give an
115 15 allowance of 1.5mm around the handle
80 191 130 escutcheon.
Front connected with Motor Operator Drilling plan (front view)

3P 4P 20 11
HL HL 4P
Insulating plate
3P
Pad lock HL
100
15
31.5
30
79
166
Mounting angle
200
L40 40 5
184
173.5
40 102
370
ASL ASL ASL ASL

28 18
154
170
117.5
Control circuit
20
terminal
11(max.) M8
100
25
4.5
ø9
Mounting screw 70
32
15
45 3 70 70 70 20 46
140 ø1 Conductor
105 175 262.5
overlap, max
210
280 358(max.)
Rear connected with Motor Operator Drilling plan (front view) Panel cutout (front view)
4P
4P
4P
Mounting angle 3P 3P
3P HL HL
M8
Mounting screw HL R3
15
184
65
30
90.5
60
ASL ASL
262.5
13.5
139(min.)
100
154
11(max.) 4.5
ø1
85
2
ø9
15 30
130
70 168
262.5
15 30
Conductor 15 Insulation tube

Panel cutout dimensions shown give an
overlap, max 70 70 70
( ON side Center pole and Neutral pole
OFF side All poles ) allowance of 1.0mm around motor operator.
189
DIMENSIONS
TEMBREAK 2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH
SECTION 6
ICU = 70KA AT 690V AC
L125-PJ
Front connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
UHPRYDEOH
0RXQWLQJKROH
0VFUHZZLWK
LQVXODWLRQFDS
0RXQWLQJKROH
0VFUHZZLWK
LQVXODWLRQFDS
0 0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 0
7DSSHGKROH

¢
%HVXUHWRLQVWDOOWKHLQVXODWLRQFDSVVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
Rear connected
7HUPLQDOFRYHU 0RXQWLQJSODWH
PD[W

0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 0
6WXGFDQEHWXUQHG
7DSSHGKROH
RU

KDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
UHPRYDEOH
0RXQWLQJKROH 0VFUHZZLWK
LQVXODWLRQFDS
0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
0
7DSSHGKROH
)URQWSDQHOW
7HUPLQDO 0RXQWLQJSODWH
FRYHU PD[W

0 0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 7DSSHGKROH
6WXGFDQEHWXUQHG
RU
DIMENSIONS
TEMBREAK 2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
WITH ICU = 70KA AT 690V AC
L125-PJ. Plug in Versions
Outline Dimensions Termination of Busbar
0RXQWLQJKROH 3UHSHUDWLRQRIFRQGXFWRU
7HUPLQDOFRYHU 6XSSRUWRUUDLO
PD[

PD[
¢
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
0 PD[
0
PD[ PD[
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
Mounting on a support or rails VKRZQZLWKRSWLRQDOFRQQHFWLRQEDUVRULHQWHGIRUUHDUDFFHVV
7HUPLQDOFRYHU 6XSSRUWRUUDLO

0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
0RXQWLQJWK Uough the backplate VKRZQZLWKRSWLRQDOFRQQHFWLRQEDUVRULHQWHGIRUUHDUDFFHVV
0RXQWLQJ3ODWH
0RXQWLQJSODWH
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ0
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
W

W

Mounting on the backplate RSWLRQDOFRQQHFWLRQEDUVPXVWEHRULHQWHGIRUIURQWDFFHVV
0RXQWLQJ3ODWH
,QVXODWLQJSODWH
W 0RXQWLQJVF UHZ0187
7HUPLQDOFRYHU

0RXQWLQJSODWH

,QVXODWLQJSODWH

191
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
L400-PE
Rear connected
,QVXODWLRQSODWH
0RXQWLQJSODWH
,QVXODWLRQSODWH *URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJKHDW
6WXGFDQEHWXUQHGRU JHQHUDWHGE\RYHUFXUUHQW

7HUPLQDOFRYHU +/
+/

,QVXODWLRQSODWH

&/

&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[

¢
0RXQWLQJSODWH

0
7DSSHGKROH

%HVXUHWRLQVWDOOWKHLQVXODWLRQSODWHVVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
JLYHDQDOORZDQFHRIPP

,QVXODWLRQSODWH
0DQXDORSHUDWLQJKDQGOH 0RXQWLQJSODWH
UHPRYDEOH *URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJKHDW
7HUPLQDO 6WXGFDQEHWXUQHG JHQHUDWHGE\RYHUFXUUHQW

FRYHU RU

,QVXODWLRQ
SODWH

&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[

¢
0RXQWLQJSODWH
3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQV
VKRZQJLYHDQDOORZDQFHRI
%HVXUHWRLQVWDOOWKHLQVXODWLRQSODWHVVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG PPDURXQGPRWRURSHUDWRU
DIMENSIONS
L400-PE. Plug in Versions
Outline Dimensions 7ermination of Busbar
3UHSHUDWLRQRIFRQGXFWRU
7HUPLQDOFRYHU

PD[
PD[
¢
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
0 PD[

PD[ PD[

Mounting on a support or rails VKRZQZLWKRSWLRQDOFRQQHFWLRQEDUVRULHQWHGIRUUHDUDFFHVV
7HUPLQDOFRYHU

0RXQWLQJ$QJOH
Mounting through the backplate VKRZQZLWKRSWLRQDOFRQQHFWLRQEDUVRULHQWHGIRUUHDUDFFHVV
0RXQWLQJSODWH 0RXQWLQJ3ODWH

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ0
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
W

W

,QVXODWLQJSODWH

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ0 0RXQWLQJSODWH
W
7HUPLQDOFRYHU

&/

,QVXODWLQJSODWH ¢
0RXQWLQJSODWH
%HVXUHWRLQVWDOOWKHLQVXODWLRQSODWHVVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG ,QVXODWLQJSODWH
193
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
L800. PE
R ear connected
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQUHPRYDEOH
3
3 7HUPLQDOFRYHU ¢ Groove for dissipating
+/
+/ 3 heat generated by overcurrent
6WXGFDQEHWXUQHG°
+/

ZKHQQHFHVVDU\

$6/ $6/ $6/

0

7DSSHGKROH

&RQGXFWRU

¢

0 RYHUODSPD[
7ULSEXWWRQUHG
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ
3
+/
5

Rear connected with Motor Operator 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ


6WXGFDQEH
)URQW3DQHO ¢ Groove for dissipating
7HUPLQDOFRYHU WXUQHG° +/ 3 heat generated by overcurrent
+/
UHPRYDEOH


+/
ZKHQQHFHVVDU\
3DGORFN

$6/ $6/

$6/
0
7DSSHGKROH

0
&RQQHFWRUSOXJ

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
RYHUODSPD[

&RQGXFWRU

DOORZDQFHRIPPDURXQGPRWRURSHUDWRU
ERWWRPYLHZ
+/

DIMENSIONS
L800-PE. Plug-in Versions

0RXQWLQJKROH
+
/ 7HUPLQDOFRYHU 0 3UHSHUDWLRQRIFRQGXFWRU
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

$6/ $6/ 25 (max.)

17
ø13

7ULSEXWWRQUHG 10 (max.) 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ0 PD[+H[VHFKHDGEROW
40 (max.)
Mounting on the angle support

'HWDLORIFRQQHFWLQJSDUW
0RXQWLQJEDVHUHDUYLHZ 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 2ULHQWHGIRUUHDUDFFHVV
3 3
¢ 5
7HUPLQDOFRYHU 0 +/ +/

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

¢

¢

0RXQWLQJ
DQJOH

W
$6/
W
$6/ $6/

¢

¢ 5

on adjacent poles .
Mounting through the backplate VKRZQZLWKRSWLRQDOFRQQHFWLRQEDUVRULHQWHGIRUUHDUDFFHVV

2ULHQWHGIRUUHDUDFFHVV
3
0RXQWLQJSODWH 3
0RXQWLQJSODWH ¢
7HUPLQDO +/ ¢ 5

FRYHU
W

+/

W

¢

W

$6/

W
$6/ $6/

¢

¢ 5

on adjacent poles .
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ0

2ULHQWHGIRUIURQWDFFHVV
3

,QVXODWLQJSODWH 0RXQWLQJSODWH
+/ 3
7HUPLQDO ¢
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

FRYHU

¢

0 +/

0RXQWLQJSODWH
5
$6/

$6/ $6/

¢

W

¢

W

195
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
FOR 1000V AC
VS125-NJ
Front connected with terminal bars optional Panel cutout

3P
H
45 L
Panel cutout dimensions
shown give an
allowance of 1.0mm
around the handle
47
escutcheon CL
53 46
3P 27.2 0.8
Mounting hole Interpole barrier 92
Insulation cap (removable) 3.2 Drilling plan
H
L 3P
47
HL
Insulation plate
194
134
155
102
132
45
CL CL CL
22
20.5
M4x0.7 M4×0.7
30
8
47
Mounting screw Tapped

45 8 hole
60 61
90
110 68
HL :Handle Frame Centre Line 4 72
92 R-2114OUTLINE DIMENSIONS
PRO 2M0860_1AA1.PRT
R ear connected
3P Insulation plate Mounting plate 3P
Mounting hole H
L Terminal cover (max.t3.2) HL
6
5
134
155
194
102
45
CL CL
8
Conductor overlap max.

22 13.5 11.5
8.5
M4× 0.7
16
Mounting screw
6
0.8
3 13.53 13.5
90 61 52 30 30
110 102
68 -------Panel cutout A
4 72 -------Panel cutout B
92
Drilling plan Panel cutout 3P 3P
3P [Cutout A] HL [Cutout B] H
M4×0.7 HL L
45 45
Tapped hole Ø18
132
134

47
47
CL CL CL
shown give an
allowance of 1.0mm
around the handle
escutcheon
30 46 12
60 92 24
HL :Handle Frame Centre Line
R-2114OUTLINE DIMENSIONS
PRO 2M0863_1AA1.PRT
P lug in (P MB )
Mounting block
3P 3P
60 Drilling plan 3P
HL Mounting hole Terminal cover H
M5× 0.8 L HL
Mounting screw Mounting plate
Ø6
6
35
190
180
155
170
102
108
160
134
45
75
75
CL CL CL CL
37.5
22
6
(61) 27 M6
90 116-----------Panel cutout A 90 14 35 14
4 120 -----------Panel cutout B
140 Ø18
for accessory wiring when necessary
Panel cutout (NOTE) To ensure full contact of conductor with copper terminal,
[Cutout A] [Cutout B] to prevent steel stud bolt becoming part of current path.
45 45
Details of connection Preparation
of conductor
6.5
Ø
10(max.)
47
47
M6 nut
5.2 20
24.2 15(max.)
46 12 Panel cutout dimesions

92 24 shown give an allowance of 1.0mm around the handle escutcheon
H
L :Handle Frame Centre Line SR-2114/OUTLINE DIMENSIONS/2M0861_1AA1.PRT
DIMENSIONS
FOR 1000V AC
VS250-NJ
Front connected with terminal bars 3P

Panel cutout H
52.5 L
47
CL
Interpole barrier Panel cutout dimensions

shown give an
allowance of 1.0mm
Insulation plate 28 0.8 53.5
3P around the handle
107
100
HL 4 escutcheon
Insulation cap 3P
Drilling plan HL
Ø11
Mounting hole
220
165
102
126
45
CL CL CL
22
30.5
M4x0.7
23
M4× 0.7
Mounting screw 35 Tapped hole
100
11.5
45 8
61
68
4 72
23 23 92
97
105
124 H
R ear connected
Insulation plate Mounting plate
3P 0.8
HL Terminal cover (max.t2.4) 3P
HL
6
6
220
165
144
102
CL CL
45
Conductor overlap max.

22 22 M4× 0.7
Mounting screw
20
6
Ø9 15 15 Stud can be
turned 45°,90°
105 61 71 35 35
Mounting hole 68 106
124 4 72
92
3P
Drilling plan 3P Panel cutout H
HL L
Ø24 52.5
126
144
CL CL
47
Panel cutout dimensions shown give an allowance of

1.0mm around handle escutcheon
35 M4× 0.7 53.5
35 35 Tapped hole 107
H
197
DIMENSIONS
TEMBREAK 2 LITE MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS &
SECTION 6
FOR 1000V AC
VS250-NJ
P lug in (P MB ) 3P
3P Terminal cover 70
Mounting hole HL Mounting block HL 3P
Drilling plan H Ø6
L
6
35
200
165
180
102
108
180
144
CL
45
CL CL
75
CL
75
37.5
50
22
M8 Mounting plate
6
M5x0.8
105 (61) 27 Mounting screw 105 15
116 -----------Panel cutout A 35
Panel cutout 4 120 -----------Panel cutout B
[Cutout A] 140
3P 3P NOTE) To ensure full contact of conductor
HL [Cutout B] H with coper terminal, to prevent steel
L Details of connection
52.5 52.5 stud bolt becoming part of current path. 5
15.5(max.)
CL CL
47
47
22 max. conductor widt

24 26.5 M8 nut
53.5 12 Panel cutout dimensions shown give

107 24 an allowance of 1.0mm around the handle escutcheon.
H
DIMENSIONS
TEMBREAK 2 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH
INTEGRAL RESIDUAL CURRENT PROTECTION (CBR)
ZE125-NJ, ZS125-NJ, ZS125-GJ
Front connected :LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV

RSWLRQDO
R ear connected

KDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
199
DIMENSIONS
TEMBREAK 2 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH
SECTION 6
INTEGRAL RESIDUAL CURRENT PROTECTION (CBR)
ZE250-NJ, ZS250-NJ, ZS250-GJ
Front connected
:LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV
RSWLRQDO
Rea r connected

KDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
Rea r connected with Motor Operator

DIMENSIONS
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS &
SWITCH DISCONNECTORS FOR USE ABOVE 250V DC
PVS400-NDL, PVS400-NDH, PVS400-NNL, PVS400-NNH Outline Dimensions
¢ ¢
Front connected ¢ ¢

3UHSDUDWLRQRI $ $
$ $ :LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV 'ULOOLQJSODQ
FRQGXFWRU
RSWLRQDO IURQWYLHZ
3 7HUPLQDOFRYHU PD[ PD[ 3
PD[
PD[
PD[W PD[W +/
+/

0 VFUHZ$ 3

0RXQWLQJKROH
0VFUHZ$ +/

&
/ &
/ &
/ &
/ &
/
0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

0
7DSSHGKROH

¢ 6WUDLJKWEDUVRQO\
)RUOLQHVLGHXVHZLWKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHU
$ $
Rear connected 'HWDLORI 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ
%
FRQQHFWLQJSDUW
(
3 & ' & ' 3 3

7HUPLQDOFRYHU 3
0RXQWLQJKROH +/ +/ +/ +/

7HUPLQDOFRYHU 0RXQWLQJSODWH

PD[W
)

&
/ &
/ &
/
0

0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

¢

6WXGVDUHKRUL]RQWDO 0
GLUHFWLRQRQO\ 7DSSHGKROH

5DWHGFXUUHQW$ $ % & ' ( )
RIPPRUPRUHDURXQGWKHKDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
S250-SD, S250-GD, S250-SDN Outline Dimensions
Front connected 3UHSDUDWLRQRI :LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV 'ULOOLQJSODQ

FRQGXFWRU RSWLRQDO IURQWYLHZ
3 ¢ 3
PD[
&RQGXFWRU
+/ 7HUPLQDOFRYHU +/ RYHUODSPD[
3
7HUPLQDOFRYHU PD[

0RXQWLQJKROH
0RXQWLQJKROH PD[W

+/

0VFUHZ

& & & & &

/ / / / /
0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
0

7DSSHGKROH
¢
6WUDLJKWEDUVRQO\
)RUOLQHVLGHXVHZLWKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHU
Rear connected
'HWDLORI 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ
FRQQHFWLQJSDUW
3 7HUPLQDOFRYHU 3 3 3
0RXQWLQJKROH 0RXQWLQJSODWH ¢ +
/

+/ 7HUPLQDOFRYHU PD[W +/ +/

&
/ &
/ &RQGXFWRU &
/
RYHUODSPD[

¢

0 0

6WXGFDQEHWXUQHG 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 7DSSHGKROH

°RU°

DOORZDQFHRIPPDURXQGWKHKDQGOH
HVFXWFKHRQ
201
DIMENSIONS
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER &
SECTION 6
S160-SD, S160-GD, S160-SDN Outline Dimensions
Front connected
3UHSDUDWLRQRIFRQGXFWRU :LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUVRSWLRQDO 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ
3
¢
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU

+/ 21VLGH
UHPRYDEOH ¢
2))VLGH

+/ W

0RXQWLQJKROH W
0VFUHZ
PD[

+/

PD[
,QVXODWLRQSODWH

&/ &/ &/ &/

0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 7ULSEXWWRQ
UHG
0
7DSSHGKROH

R ear connected ,QVXODWLRQSODWH

0RXQWLQJSODWH 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU 6WXGFDQEHWXUQHG 3 *URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJKHDW
°RU° +/ JHQHUDWHGE\RYHUFXUUHQW
+/

&/

5
&/

&/

RYHUODSPD[
&RQGXFWRU

¢

RYHUODSPD[
¢

0
&RQGXFWRU

7DSSHGKROH
¢

1RWH6WXGVDUHIDFWRU\LQVWDOOHGLQKRUL]RQWDOGLUHFWLRQERWKRQWKHOLQHDQGORDGVLGHV RIPPDURXQGWKHKDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
DIMENSIONS
S400-ND Outline Dimensions
Front connected
3UHSDUDWLRQRI :LWKH[WHQVLRQEDUV 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ
FRQGXFWRU RSWLRQDO
¢
+/ +/

2QVLGH ¢
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU

2IIVLGH
UHPRYDEOH +/

0RXQWLQJKROH 3 3
0VFUHZ
PD[

+/ +/

PD[
PD[W

&/ &/ &/ &/

0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ 7ULSEXWWRQ
UHG

0
7DSSHGKROH

:LWKKDQGOHFDS
R ear connected
6WXGFDQEHWXUQHG°RU° 3
0RXQWLQJSODWH +/ 3 3 &/
+/ +/ 3

&/

5

&/ &/

&/

RYHUODSPD[
&RQGXFWRU

¢

RYHUODSPD[

¢
&RQGXFWRU
0

¢

7DSSHGKROH

JLYHDQDOORZDQFHRIPP
S800-ND Outline Dimensions

Front connected
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU
3
UHPRYDEOH +/ W /
¢ 7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
0RXQWLQJKROH UHPRYDEOH 3

+/

$6/ $6/ $6/

7ULSEXWWRQ
UHG

0

0

W /
&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[
5DWHG&XUUHQW$ / / W W

7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ 6WXGFDQ 3 *URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJKHDW

UHPRYDEOH EHWXUQHG° +/ ¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJ JHQHUDWHGE\RYHUFXUUHQW 3

3
¢
ZKHQQHFHVVDU\ +/ +/

5

$6/ $6/ $6/

0

7DSSHGKROH

¢
&RQGXFWRU

0
RYHUODSPD[
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

203
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
PVS800-NDL, PVS800-NDH, PVS800-NNL, PVS800-NNH
ASL: Arrangement Standard Line HL: Handle Frame Centre Line CL: Handle Centre Line
Front connected
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU 0RXQWLQJKROH W /
UHPRYDEOH 3 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ

+/ ¢ W
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
UHPRYDEOH

,QVXODWLRQSODWH

+/
0RXQWLQJSODWH

$6/ $6/ $6/

7ULSEXWWRQ

UHG
&RQGXFWRU
0

7DSSHGKROH
0
W / 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

RYHUODSPD[

5DWHG&XUUHQW$ / / W W

Rear connected
,QWHUSROHEDUULHU W
,QVXODWLRQSODWH
*URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJKHDW
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ 6WXGFDQEH 3 ¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ JHQHUDWHGE\RYHUFXUUHQW
UHPRYDEOH WXUQHG° +/ ZLULQJZKHQ

¢
QHFHVVDU\ +/ +/

5

$6/ $6/ $6/
&RQGXFWRU

0

7DSSHGKROH

¢
RYHUODSPD[

0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ

0RXQWLQJSODWH

DIMENSIONS
S1000-ND
Front connected ,QWHUSROHEDUULHU

0RXQWLQJKROH 3UHSDUDWLRQRIFRQGXFWRU 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ
UHPRYDEOH
3
+/
¢ 7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ

UHPRYDEOH 3
+/

$6/ $6/ $6/

7ULSEXWWRQ
UHG

0

0


&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[


6HFXUHGLQYHUWLFDO *URRYHIRUGLVVLSDWLQJKHDW
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ SRVLWLRQRQO\
UHPRYDEOH JHQHUDWHGE\RYHUFXUUHQW
¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJ 3 3

¢
ZKHQQHFHVVDU\ +/
¢ +/

3
+/

5
&RQGXFWRURYHUODSPD[

$6/ 0 $6/ $6/

7DSSHGKROH

0

7DSSHGKROH
1RWHSROHVEUHDNHULVVDPHRXWOLQHGLPHQVLRQVDVSROHVEUHDNHU
205
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
XS1250ND
Front connected
0RXQWLQJKROH 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
UHPRYDEOH &RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[
0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
R ear connected R ear-connected

0RXQWLQJSODWH
00RXQWLQJVFUHZ
&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[
6RIWSODVWLFWXELQJ¢WREH
,QVXODWLQJSODWH SURYLGHGRQFHQWHUSROHDQG
0RXQWLQJSODWH QHXWUDOSROHRIYHUWLFDO
WHUPLQDOW\SHIRULQVXODWLRQ
1RWH6WXGVDUHIDFWRU\LQVWDOOHGLQKRUL]RQWDOGLUHFWLRQERWKRQWKHOLQHDQGORDGVLGHV ¢IRUDFFHVVRU\ZLULQJZKHQQHFHVVDU\
3OHDVHVSHFLI\ZKHQRUGHULQJLIYHUWLFDOGLUHFWLRQLVUHTLUHG
HVFXWFKHRQ
DIMENSIONS
XS1600ND
Front connected 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ

,QVXODWLQJSODWH
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
UHPRYDEOH
0RXQWLQJDQJOH
0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[

0RXQWLQJDQJOH
0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
RYHUODSPD[
,QVXODWLRQWXEH
&RQGXFWRU
21VLGH&HQWHUSROH
2))VLGH$OOSROHV
HVFXWFKHRQ
207
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
XS2000ND
Front connected
3
0RXQWLQJKROH ¢
+/
0RXQWLQJDQJOH

7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
UHPRYDEOH

$6/ $6/ $6/

0
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
¢

&RQGXFWRU
RYHUODSPD[

R ear connected 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ 3DQHOFXWRXWIURQWYLHZ

0 +/
0RXQWLQJVFUHZ +/ +/

7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
UHPRYDEOH 0RXQWLQJDQJOH

$6/ $6/ $6/

5

¢
¢
&RQGXFWRURYHUODSPD[

JLYHDQDOORZDQFHRIPPDURXQG
WKHKDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
Draw out
Auxiliary GUDZRXW 'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ
circuit terminals 0DQXDORSHUDWLQJWRJJOH GLVFRQQHFWHG
3
(Automatic connection) +/ UHPRYDEOH WHVW
FRQQHFWHG 0RXQWLQJKROH¢
0RXQWLQJKROH （3） ¢

+/
'UDZRXWWRJJOH +/
UHPRYDEOH
¢

$6/

$6/ $6/

※ &RQGXFWRURYHUODSPD[
（PD[）（3）

Contact alfanar if manual connection is required. 0RXQWLQJDQJOH
DIMENSIONS
XS2500ND Outline Dimensions
Front connected
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ 0
3 UHPRYDEOH 0RXQWLQJVFUHZ
0RXQWLQJKROH
0RXQWLQJDQJOH
+/

$6/ $6/

¢

&RQGXFWRURYHUODSPD[

8VHQRQPDJQHWLFDQJOH
686HWF
209
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
XS2500ND Outline Dimensions
Front connected
+/
+/ 0RXQWLQJDQJOH

$6/

$6/

5
¢

3DQHOFXWRXWGLPHQVLRQVVKRZQ 8VHQRQPDJQHWLFDQJOH
686HWF
JLYHDQDOORZDQFHRIPPDURXQG
WKHKDQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
DIMENSIONS
BREAKER MOUNTED HANDLES
Tembreak 2 MCCBs & Switch Disconnectors
Applicable MCCB
S125, VS125
106±2
211
DIMENSIONS
BREAKER MOUNTED HANDLES
SECTION 6
Applicable MCCB A
S160-NJ,
S250-NJ, S250-GJ, 106±2
S250-NN, VS250, PVS 160
H125, L125, H160, L160,

S250-NE, S250-GE, 141±2
S250-PE, H250, L250
DIMENSIONS
BREAKER MOUNTED HANDLE
Tembreak 2 Lite MCCBs & Switch Disconnectors
Applicable MCCB A B
187±2 134
E400, S400, E630, S630, PVS400 150±2 97
H400, L400 187±2 134
+DQGOH
HVFXWFKHRQ
+RRNOHYHU
'HIHDW
PHFKDQLVP
'RRUGHIHDW
UHOHDVHEXWWRQ
213
DIMENSIONS
BREAKER MOUNTED HANDLE
SECTION 6
Tembreak 2 Lite MCCBs & Switch Disconnectors
Applicable MCCB A
S800, S1000, PVS800 150±2
H800, L800 187±2
,QGLFDWRU 3DQHOFXWRXW
+/ +/ ¢

+DQGOHHVFXWFKHRQ
+RRNOHYHU
¢
'HIHDW

PHFKDQLVP

&/ &/ &/
'RRUGHIHDW
UHOHDVHEXWWRQ
$
+/
3RVLWLRQVRIWKHKLQJHDQGKDQGOHDVVHHQ
IURPWKHORDGVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHU

DIMENSIONS
DOOR MOUNTED HANDLE
$SSOLFDEOH0&&% $ % &
PLQ
696 PD[
Min. means the minimum length for A. by cutting the shaft.

1: Max. means the maximum length fot A without cutting the shaft.
+ The shaft can be cut to the required length.
A: Distance from the panel surface to the breaker mounting surface

B: Length of the square shaft used
$
&
+
/
3DQHOWKLFNQHVV

¢
&/ &/

3DQHOFXWRXW
3RVLWLRQDOUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQWKHKLQJHDQG
+/ KDQGOHDVYLHZHGIURPWKHORDGVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHU
7KHKLQJHPXVWEHLQVLGHWKHKDWFKHGDUHD
+/

¢¢

£
£

&/

¢
3DGORFNGLPHQVLRQVPP
0D[¢
0LQ¢ 0LQ
215
DIMENSIONS
DOOR MOUNTED HANDLE
SECTION 6
61- PLQ
61-6*- PD[
61196396
+/+/ PLQ
61(6*(63( PD[
+/
Min means the length for A. by cutting the shaft.

1: Max. means the maximum length fot A without cutting the shaft.

$
&
+
/
3DQHOWKLFNQHVV

¢
&/ &/

3DQHOFXWRXW
+/ KDQGOHDVYLHZHGIURPWKHORDGVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHU
+/

¢¢

£
£

&/

¢
3DGORFNGLPHQVLRQVPP
0D[¢
0LQ¢ 0LQ
DIMENSIONS
DOOR MOUNTED HANDLE
(( PLQ
66396 PD[
+ PLQ
/ PD[
1: Min. means the minimum length for A by cutting the shaft.

Max. means the maximum length fot A without cutting the shaft.

$
&
+/
3DQHOWKLFNQHVV

¢
&/ &/

3DQHOFXWRXW
KDQGOHDVYLHZHGIURPWKHORDGVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHU
+/ +/ 7KHKLQJHPXVWEHLQVLGHWKHKDWFKHGDUHD

¢¢
£
£

&/

¢
3DGORFNGLPHQVLRQVPP
0D[¢
0LQ¢ 0LQ
217
DIMENSIONS
DOOR MOUNTED HANDLE
SECTION 6
66396 PLQ
PD[
+/ PLQ
PD[
0LQPHDQVWKHPLQLPXPOHQJWKIRU$E\FXWWLQJWKHVKDIW
0D[PHDQVWKHPD[LPXPOHQJWKIRW$ZLWKRXWFXWWLQJWKHVKDIW
7KHVKDIWFDQEHFXWWRWKHUHTXLUHGOHQJWK
$'LVWDQFHIURPWKHSDQHOVXUIDFHWRWKHEUHDNHUPRXQWLQJVXUIDFH
%/HQJWKRIWKHVTXDUHVKDIWXVHG
$
&
+/
3DQHOWKLFNQHVV

¢
&/ &/

3DQHOFXWRXW
+/ 7KHKLQJHPXVWEHLQVLGHWKHKDWFKHGDUHD
+/

¢¢
£
£

&/

¢ 3DGORFNGLPHQVLRQVPP
0D[¢
0LQ¢ 0LQ
DIMENSIONS
DOOR MOUNTED HANDLE
6 PLQ
PD[
6 PLQ
PD[
$
&
+/
3DQHOWKLFNQHVV

¢
&/ &
/

+/
+/

¢¢
£
£

&/

¢
3DGORFNGLPHQVLRQVPP
0D[¢
0LQ¢ 0LQ
219
DIMENSIONS
DOOR MOUNTED HANDLE
SECTION 6
Tembreak DC MCCB Above 1000A
;61' PLQ
PD[
;61' PLQ
PD[
$
&
+/
3DQHOWKLFNQHVV

¢
&/ &
/

+/
+/

¢¢
£
£

&/

¢
3DGORFNGLPHQVLRQVPP
0D[¢
0LQ¢ 0LQ
DIMENSIONS
DOOR MOUNTED HANDLE
$SSOLFDEOH0&&%
;61'
;61'
&/
3DQHO &/
0RXQWLQJSODWH
0RXQWLQJKROH
0;WDSSHGKROH
IRULQGLFDWLRQSODWH

$6/

&/ &/ &/

+RRN

5HOHDVH +RRNKROGHU
QRWVXSSOLHG

&/

3DQHOGRRU

;61'
;61'
+RRNKROGHU
QRWVXSSOLHG
+/
221
DIMENSIONS
INTERPOLE BARRIERS
SECTION 6
Terminal Interpole Barriers (BA)
0&&%W\SH $ %
696
6(61-6*-
61196396
+/+/
61(6*(63(
+/
(6(6396
+/
6+/
6396
DIMENSIONS
TERMINAL COVERS
Terminal Covers for Cable Clamp Terminals Type MCCBs (CS)
$ % %¯ & ' 0RXQWLQJYHUVLRQ

0&&%W\SH &RQQHFWLRQ 3OXJLQ 6FUHZ
3 3 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3
PRXQWHG PRXQWHG
696 )URQWFRQQ R õ f
&DEOHFODPS õ f
61-611 )URQWFRQQ R õ f
61-6*-
61196396 &DEOHFODPS õ f
+/+/ )URQWFRQQ R R R R R õ f
61(6*(63(
+/ &DEOHFODPS R R R R õ f
(6 )URQWFRQQ:LGHW\SH R R R R R õ f
(6 )URQWFRQQ6WUDLJKWW\SH R R R R R õ f
396
&DEOHFODPS R R R R õ f
+/ )URQWFRQQ:LGHW\SH R R R R R õ f
)URQWFRQQ6WUDLJKWW\SH R R R R R õ f
&DEOHFODPS f R R R õ f
66396 )URQWFRQQ f f f f f f õ

+/ )URQWFRQQ f f f f f f õ

6 )URQWFRQQ f f f f f f õ

1RWHV
1RWVXLWDEOHZKHQH[WHQVLRQEDUV)%DUHILWWHG
7KHUHZLOOEHDQDSSUR[PPJDSEHWZHHQWKHERWWRPRIWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHUDQGWKHEUHDNHUPRXQWLQJVXUIDFH
9DOXHVLQEUDFNHWVLQGLFDWHWKHGLVWDQFHWRWKHKHDGRIWHUPLQDOFRYHUPRXQWLQJVFUHZV
223
DIMENSIONS
TERMINAL COVERS
SECTION 6
Terminal Covers for Rear Connected and Plug-in MCCBs (CR)
3OXJLQPRXQWHGYHUVLRQ
This version can be
mounted simply by
being plugged in the
breaker body.
0HJJHUPHDVXUHPHQWKROH¢
$ERYHHDFKWHUPLQDO
$ &
'
6FUHZPRXQWHGYHUVLRQ
The terminal covers for 630
to 1000AF are mounted to
%
the breakers using

tapping screws.
+ VFUHZ
PHDVXUHPHQW
0HJJHUPHDVXUHPHQWKROH¢
$ERYHHDFKWHUPLQDO
$ % & ' 0RXQWLQJYHUVLRQ

0&&%W\SH %
3OXJLQ 6FUHZ
SROHV SROHV SROHV SROHV SROHV SROHV SROHV SROHV
PRXQWHG PRXQWHG
696 õ f
661-6*-
õ f
61196396
+/+/61(
õ f
6*(63(+/
(6(6396 õ f
+/ õ f

66396 f f õ

+/ f f õ

1RWHV
7KHUHZLOOEHDQDSSUR[PPJDSEHWZHHQWKHERWWRPRIWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHUDQGWKHEUHDNHUPRXQWLQJVXUIDFH
9DOXHVLQEUDFNHWVLQGLFDWHWKHGLVWDQFHWRWKHKHDGRIWHUPLQDOFRYHUPRXQWLQJVFUHZV
DIMENSIONS
TERMINAL BLOCKS FOR FRONT-CONNECTED AND
REAR-CONNECTED MCCBs
11 Terminals
0&&%W\SH $ $¯
% & )LJ
696 f

6(61-396
6*-61196 f
+/+/
61(6*(63( f
+/
&RPPHQWV
7KHWLJKWHQLQJWRUTXHIRUWKH0WHUPLQDOVFUHZVLVWR1P
&RQQHFWLRQZLUHVL]HLVPPPD[
11 Terminals

k k
l l
0&&%W\SH $ % &
(6(6396

+/
66396
+/
&RPPHQWV
&RQQHFWLRQZLUHVL]HLVPPPD[
:KHQ\RXVSHFLI\*URXQG)DXOW7ULSRQHOHFWURQLF0&&%VZLWK
SROHVWKHWHUPLQDOEORFNLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\ÀWWHGWRFRQQHFWZLWK
WKHH[WHUQDOQHXWUDO&7IRUSKDVHVZLUHVV\VWHP
225
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
6 Terminals
/HIWWHUPLQDOGHVLJQDWLRQV 5LJKWWHUPLQDOGHVLJQDWLRQV
([DPSOH :LUH/HDG
([DPSOH
SROHV 'LUHFWLRQ $
$;F $;F 3$/F 3$/F

'
$;E $;E 21 3$/D 3$/D

$;D $;D N N &
/ /
$;F $/F 5 5
2))
$;E $/E & '
&
$;D $/D & '

:LWK :LWK
6+7 897
0VFUHZ
%
:LUH/HDG
'LUHFWLRQ
7HUPLQDOFRYHU
VHHWKURXJK
0&&%7\SH $ % & '

(696
661-6*-

61196396
+/+/
61(6*(63(
+/
(6(6396
+/
66396 &RPPHQWV
+/ &RQQHFWLRQZLUHVL]HLVPP PD[
([DPSOH ([DPSOH

$
&
$; $; $/ $/
%

$; $; $/ $/

$; $; $/ $/

$; $; $/F

$; $; 3$/ $/E
21
$; $; ' 3$/D $/D
0
VFUHZ 2))
$; $;
$; $;
$; $;
$; $;
' &
0&&%7\SH $ % & '

6
&RPPHQWV
9DOXHVLQSDUHQWKHVHVDSSOLHVWRSROHEUHDNHUV

6 7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRI0WHUPLQDOVFUHZV 1P
&RQQHFWLRQ ZLUHVL]HPP PD[[
DIMENSIONS
Left terminal designation right terminal designation

27.5 Ｃ type A B C D
Ａ
１２３４ ①
U２ S２ 1000 XS1250ND 194
51 77 92
PAL a 1200 XS1600ND （184）
U１ S１ PAL c 2000
XS2000ND 54 208 100 115
9.6×5
62
AX b4
2500
AX a4 XS2500ND 54 208 100 115
AX c4
1
21 ON AX b3
PAL a AX a3
OFF PAL c AX c3
62
M3.5×0.7 AX b2 AX b2
AX a2 AX a2
AX c2 AX c2
1
AX b1 AX b1
AX a1 AX a1
AX c1 AX c1
62
AL b1 AL b1
7.8
AL a1 AL a1
AL c1 AL c1
Ｂ
12 12.5 Ｄ
227
DIMENSIONS
OCR POWER SUPPLY FOR ELECTRONIC PROTECTION
SECTION 6
(STANDARD TYPE)
0&&%7\SH
61(6*(
63(+1(
&RQQHFWLRQGLDJUDP 0RXQWLQJGLPHQVLRQV

21 21
23 23

SRZHU 23 23

3$/F 3$/F
3$/D RXWSXWD 3$/D

2)) 2))
7HUPLQDOVFUHZ0

1 6HSDUDWHLQVWDOODWLRQRIWKH2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LVQRWDYDLODEOH
7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRIWHUPLQDOVFUHZV1
PD[
DIMENSIONS
(STANDARD TYPE)
0&&%7\SH $ % & '

61(6*(63(

(1(6&(6*(
+1(/1(
66
+/
3
6
3
3
6
3
&RQQHFWLRQGLDJUDP
2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LQVWDOOHGRQWKHEUHDNHU 2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LQVWDOOHGVHSDUDWHO\WRWKHEUHDNHU
/HDGZLUHPPORQJ
)DFWRU\ZLUHG
21 21
23 & 23
SRZHU 23 SRZHU 23
26 26
26 26
5HG 5HG
:KLWH :KLWH
2)) 2))
3$/F 3$/F
3$/D RXWSXWD 3$/D RXWSXWD
/HDGZLUHPPORQJ /HDGZLUHPPORQJ
0RXQWLQJGLPHQVLRQV 2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LQVWDOOHGVHSDUDWHO\WRWKHEUHDNHU
¢
2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LQVWDOOHGRQWKHEUHDNHU

'
$

21
23

23

26
26

2))

7HUPLQDOVFUHZ0

& %

PD[
7HUPLQDOVFUHZ0

6XSSRUW
229
DIMENSIONS
SECTION 6
(WITH LCD)
0&&%7\SH $ % & '
61(6*(63(

(1(6&(6*(
+1(/1(
66
+/
&RQQHFWLRQGLDJUDP
2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LQVWDOOHGRQWKHEUHDNHU 2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LQVWDOOHGVHSDUDWHO\WRWKHEUHDNHU
/HDGZLUHPPORQJ
)DFWRU\ZLUHG
21 21
23 & 23
SRZHU 23 SRZHU 23
26 26
26 26
5HG 5HG
:KLWH :KLWH
2)) 2))
0RXQWLQJGLPHQVLRQV
2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LQVWDOOHGVHSDUDWHO\WRWKHEUHDNHU
0RXQWLQJKROH¢

2&5SRZHUVXSSO\LQVWDOOHGRQWKHEUHDNHU 23
&RQWURO

SRZHUVXSSO\
' 23
$

21 26UHG
23

23

26
26ZKLWH
26

2))

&RQQHFW WKH UHG DQG ZKLWH OHDG
7HUPLQDOVFUHZ0
ZLUHVIURPWKHEUHDNHUWR26DQG
26UHVSHFWLYHO\
& % 7HUPLQDOVFUHZ 0D[OHDGZLUHOHQJWKPP
0
PD[

6XSSRUW
DIMENSIONS
PANEL CUT-OUT FOR 400-630AF MCCB
WITH LCD DISPLAY
HL: Handle Frame Centre Line
Panel cutout
[Cutout A] [Cutout B]
4P 4P
CL CL
3P 3P
CL CL
46
R2
R1
CL
145.5
36.5 4
118 53 Panel cutout dimensions
shown give an
allowance of 1.0mm
around the handle
escutcheon
231
DIMENSIONS
PANEL CUT-OUT FOR 400-630AF MCCB
SECTION 6
WITH LCD DISPLAY
HL: Handle Frame Centre Line
Panel Cut-out for 800-1000AF MCCB with LCD Display
ASL: Standard Line Arrangement HL: Handle Frame Centre Line
Panel cutout A Panel cutout B

4P 4P
3P 3P
HL HL
46
R2
ASL
149
172 53
shown give an
allowance of 1.0mm
around the handle
escutcheon
DIMENSIONS
SLIDE INTERLOCKS
Mechanical Interlocks slide type (MS) 0&&%7\SH 3ROHV &RQQ $

For 125A, 160A frame size
661- )&5&

6*-611 )&5&
+/+/ )&5&
61(6*(63(
+/ )&5&
233
DIMENSIONS
SLIDE INTERLOCKS
SECTION 6
Mechanical Interlock slide type (MS)

0&&%7\SH 3ROHV &RQQ $
)&5&
(6(6
)&5&
)&5&
+/
)&5&
Panel Cutout
HVFXWFKHRQ
Drilling plan
DIMENSIONS
SLIDE INTERLOCKS
Mechanical Interlocks slide type (MS)

0&&%7\SH 3ROHV &RQQ $
)&5&
66
)&5&
)&5&
+/
)&5&
1RWHV
7KHLQWHUORFNFDQQRWEHDSSOLHGWREUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWKIURQWH[WHQVLRQEDUV
GXHWRWKHVKRUWDJHRIWKHLQVXODWLQJGLVWDQFH
Panel Cutout
3 3
+/ +/ +/ +/

$6/ $6/ HVFXWFKHRQ
5 5

+/ +/ +
/ +
/

$6/ $6/ $6/

$

+
/ +
/ +
/ +
/
Drilling plan
07DSSHGKROH 07DSSHGKROH 07DSSHGKROH 07DSSHGKROH
+/ +/ +
/ +
/

$6/ $6/

235
DIMENSIONS
SLIDE INTERLOCKS
SECTION 6
0&&%7\SH 3ROHV D E F G H I J K N P R 5
6

7/1(

6

1RWHV
1 3OHDVHRUGHULQWHUORFNZLWKEUHDNHU
7KHLQWHUORFNFDQQRWEHDSSOLHGWREUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWKDWHUPLQDOEORFN897FRQWUROOHURU2&5FRQWUROOHU
6HHWKHRXWOLQHGLPHQVLRQVRIWKHEUHDNHUIRUWKHGULOOLQJSODQ
DIMENSIONS
LINK INTERLOCKS
Mechanical Interlocks link type (ML)

0&&%7\SH 3ROHV 3RVLWLRQ $
For 125A frame size

5LJKW

6

/HIW

237
DIMENSIONS
LINK INTERLOCKS
SECTION 6

For 125A, 160A, 250A frame size

5LJKW
661-

6*-611
/HIW

5LJKW
+/+/
61(6*(63(
+/
/HIW

DIMENSIONS
LINK INTERLOCKS WITH MOTOR OPERATORS


5LJKW
(6

(6
/HIW

5LJKW

+/

/HIW

)RUSDQKHDGVFUHZ0

&/ &/

0RXQWLQJKROH +
/ +/ +/ +/
)RUSDQKHDGVFUHZ0

&/ &/

$
+/ +/

+
/ +/
)RU$DQG$IUDPHWKHOLQNPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNVFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWPRWRURSHUDWRUV3OHDVHVSHFLI\DOVRWKHPRWRURSHUDWRUV
ZKHQRUGHULQJ)XUWKHUPRUHSOHDVHUHTXHVWWKHDGGLWLRQDOODEHOVIRUWKHEUHDNHUVWR alfanar7(5$6$.,DQGSXWWKHODEHOVRQWKHVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHUV
239
DIMENSIONS
LINK INTERLOCKS WITH BREAKER MOUNTED HANDLES
SECTION 6

0&&%7\SH 3ROHV 3RVLWLRQ $ %

5LJKW
(6

(6
/HIW

5LJKW

+/

/HIW

0RXQWLQJKROH +
/ +/ +/ +/
)RUSDQKHDGVFUHZ0

&/ &/

+
/ +/ +/ +/
0RXQWLQJKROH
)RUSDQKHDGVFUHZ0

&
/ &/
a

%

$
.H\ORFN
+/ +/ +/ +/
RSWLRQ
)RU$DQG$IUDPHWKHOLQNPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNVFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWEUHDNHUPRXQWHGKDQGOHV3OHDVHVSHFLI\DOVRWKHEUHDNHU
PRXQWHGKDQGOHVZKHQRUGHULQJ)XUWKHUPRUHSOHDVHUHTXHVWWKHDGGLWLRQDOODEHOVIRUWKHEUHDNHUVWR alfanar 7(5$6$.,DQGSXWWKHODEHOV
RQWKH VLGHRIWKHEUHDNHUV
DIMENSIONS
LINK INTERLOCKS WITH MOTOR OPERATORS


5LJKW

66

/HIW

5LJKW

+/

/HIW

1RWHV
7KHLQWHUORFNFDQQRWEHDSSOLHGWREUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWKWHUPLQDOEORFN
0

&
/ &
/

0

&
/ &
/ &
/

$
+/ +/

+/ +/
)RU$DQG$IUDPHWKHOLQNPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNVFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWPRWRURSHUDWRUV3OHDVHVSHFLI\DOVRWKHPRWRURSHUDWRUV
ZKHQRUGHULQJ)XUWKHUPRUHSOHDVHUHTXHVWWKHDGGLWLRQDOODEHOVIRUWKHEUHDNHUVWRalfanar 7(5$6$.,DQGSXWWKHODEHOVRQWKHVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHUV
241
DIMENSIONS
LINK INTERLOCKS WITH BREAKER MOUNTED HANDLES
SECTION 6

0&&%7\SH 3ROHV 3RVLWLRQ $ %

5LJKW

66

/HIW

5LJKW

+/

/HIW

1RWHV
7KHLQWHUORFNFDQQRWEHDSSOLHGWREUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWKWHUPLQDOEORFN

&
/ &
/

00RXQWLQJKROH +
/ +/ +/ +/

&
/ &
/

%
$
.H\ORFN
RSWLRQ
+/ +/ +/ +/
)RU$DQG$IUDPHWKHOLQNPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNVFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWEUHDNHUPRXQWHGKDQGOHV3OHDVHVSHFLI\DOVRWKHEUHDNHU
PRXQWHGKDQGOHVZKHQRUGHULQJ)XUWKHUPRUHSOHDVHUHTXHVWWKHDGGLWLRQDOODEHOVIRUWKHEUHDNHUVWR alfanar 7(5$6$.,DQGSXWWKHODEHOVRQWKH
VLGHRIWKHEUHDNHUV
DIMENSIONS
WIRE INTERLOCKS
Mechanical Interlocks wire type (MW)

0&&%7\SH $ &DEOHOHQJWK % &
For 125A frame size
6 P PLQPD[ PLQPD[
P PLQPD[ PLQPD[
% &
243
DIMENSIONS
WIRE INTERLOCKS
SECTION 6
Mechanical Interlocks wire type (MW) &DEOH

0&&%7\SH $ % OHQJWK & '
For 125A, 160A, 250A frame size
661- P PLQPD[ PLQPD[

6*-611
P PLQPD[ PLQPD[
+/+
/61(

6*(63(
+/
& '
DIMENSIONS
WIRE INTERLOCKS WITH MOTOR OPERATORS

0&&%7\SH $ % OHQJWK & '
(6 P PLQPD[ PLQPD[

(6
P PLQPD[ PLQPD[
+/
0RXQWLQJKROH
)RUSDQKHDGVFUHZ0
+/ +/ +/ +/

5
5
LQ
LQ
0
0

&/ &/

& '
0RXQWLQJKROH
)RUSDQKHDGVFUHZ0
+/ +/ +/ +/

5
5

LQ
LQ
0
¢

&
/ &/

$
+/ +/

+
/ +/

%
)RU$DQG$IUDPHWKHZLUHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNVFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWPRWRURSHUDWRUV3OHDVHVSHFLI\DOVRWKHPRWRURSHUDWRUV
ZKHQRUGHULQJ)XUWKHUPRUHSOHDVHUHTXHVWWKHDGGLWLRQDOODEHOVIRUWKHEUHDNHUVWR alfanar 7(5$6$.,DQGSXWWKHODEHOVRQWKHVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHUV
245
DIMENSIONS
WIRE INTERLOCKS WITH BREAKER MOUNTED HANDLES
SECTION 6

0&&%7\SH $ % OHQJWK & '
(6 P PLQPD[ PLQPD[

(6
P PLQPD[ PLQPD[
+/
0RXQWLQJKROH +/ +/ +/ +
/
)RUSDQKHDGVFUHZ0

&/ &/

& '
0RXQWLQJKROH +/ +/ +/ +
/
)RUSDQKHDGVFUHZ0

&/ &
/
a

%

$
& '
.H\ORFN
+
/ +/ +/ RSWLRQ +
/
)RU$DQG$IUDPHWKHZLUHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNVFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWEUHDNHUPRXQWHGKDQGOHV3OHDVHVSHFLI\DOVRWKHEUHDNHU
PRXQWHGKDQGOHVZKHQRUGHULQJ)XUWKHUPRUHSOHDVHUHTXHVWWKHDGGLWLRQDOODEHOVIRUWKHEUHDNHUVWRalfanar 7(5$6$.,DQGSXWWKHODEHOVRQWKH
VLGHRIWKHEUHDNHUV
DIMENSIONS
WIRE INTERLOCKS WITH MOTOR OPERATORS

0&&%7\SH $ OHQJWK & '
66 P PLQPD[ PLQPD[
+/ P PLQPD[ PLQPD[

5
0LQ
5
+/ +/ LQ 0RXQWLQJKROH
+/ 0 +/

0LQ
¢

&
/
0&&%2))

0&&%21

& '
0HFKDQLFDO,QWHUORFNFDEOH¢
OHQJWKPRUP (OHFWULFDO,QWHUORFNFDEOH¢
OHQJWKP
0LQ 5
5
+/ +
/ LQ
+/ 0 +/

¢

&
/ &
/ &
/

$
+/ +
/

+/ +
/

)RU$DQG$IUDPHWKHZLUHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNVFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWPRWRURSHUDWRUV3OHDVHVSHFLI\DOVRWKHPRWRURSHUDWRUV
alfanar
ZKHQRUGHULQJ)XUWKHUPRUHSOHDVHUHTXHVWWKHDGGLWLRQDOODEHOVIRUWKHEUHDNHUVWR7(5$6$.,DQGSXWWKHODEHOVRQWKHVLGHRIWKHEUHDNHUV
247
DIMENSIONS
WIRE INTERLOCKS WITH BREAKER MOUNTED HANDLES
SECTION 6

0&&%7\SH $ % OHQJWK & '
66 P PLQPD[ PLQPD[
+/ P PLQPD[ PLQPD[
0LQ
+/ +/
+/ +/ 0RXQWLQJKROH

0LQ
¢

&
/ &
/
0&&%2))
0&&%21

& '
0HFKDQLFDO,QWHUORFNFDEOH¢
OHQJWKPRUP
+
/ +
/
+
/ +
/

&
/

&
/ &
/

%
& ' $
.H\ORFN
RSWLRQ
+
/ +
/ +
/ +
/

)RU$DQG$IUDPHWKHZLUHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNVFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWEUHDNHUPRXQWHGKDQGOHV3OHDVHVSHFLI\DOVRWKHEUHDNHU
alfanar
PRXQWHGKDQGOHVZKHQRUGHULQJ)XUWKHUPRUHSOHDVHUHTXHVWWKHDGGLWLRQDOODEHOVIRUWKHEUHDNHUVWR7(5$6$.,DQGSXWWKHODEHOVRQWKH
VLGHRIWKHEUHDNHUV
DIMENSIONS
WIRE INTERLOCKS REAR TYPE

0&&%7\SH $ OHQJWK 3 /
6 P

P
6
3 3 0RXQWLQJKROH
+/ +/
7RJJOHH[WHQVLRQ
UHPRYDEOH

$6/ $6/ $6/

$

+/ +/
9HUWLFDOLQVWDOODWLRQ
$
$6/
3

'ULOOLQJSODQIURQWYLHZ $6/

¢
+/ +
/
+RUL]RQWDOLQVWDOODWLRQ ¢

&DEOHÀWWLQJVFUHZ

$6/ $6/ 0LQ5

/

3DUWLWLRQ

3
249
DIMENSIONS
POSITION OF TRIP BUTTON
SECTION 6
Positions of Trip Button 0&&%7\SH 3ROHV $ % & '
6

+
/ 6

61-6*-611
+/+/
61(6*(63(
+/
(6

&
/ +/(6
66
%

'
+/
&
$ 7ULSEXWWRQ
+/
0&&%7\SH 3ROHV $ % $ % & ' (
7ULSEXWWRQ
6

6
$6/
%
(
%
'
$
$
¢&7ULSEXWWRQ
External Neutral CT
0
N O
0
N O

0

0

¢ ¢

7\SHRI&7 5DWHGSULPDU\FXUUHQW$ 5DWHGVHFRQGDU\FXUUHQWP$ 7\SHRI&7 5DWHGSULPDU\FXUUHQW$ 5DWHGVHFRQGDU\FXUUHQWP$

7*%1 7*%;1
7*%1 7*%;1
7*%1 7*%;1
DIMENSIONS
DOOR FLANGES
'RRU)ODQJHIRU7RJJOHRSHUDWHG0&&% 7HPEUHDN/LWH0&&%
+/ 0 3DQHOGULOOLQJSODQ
%UHDNHURXWOLQH )ODWKHDGVFUHZ 3DQHO
+/
B
G
&
/ &
/ &
/
C
E
F
A
H ｄWDSSHGKROH
D
ｔ
Dimensions mm
) * +
7\SHVRIEUHDNHUV $ % & ' ( G W
0LQ 0D[ 0LQ 0D[ 0LQ 0D[
E160-SF, S160-SCF, S160-SF, E160-SJ 03 × 05 2

65 65 105 50 92 37 42 37 42 32 45
S160-SCJ, S160-SJ, S160-SN
E250-SF, E250-SCF, S250-SF, E250-SJ

E250-SCJ, S250-SJ, S250-SN 5 825 105 50 92 37 42 37 42 32 45 03 × 05 2
'RRU)ODQJHIRU7RJJOHRSHUDWHG0&&%VPP 7HPEUHDN0&&%
) * +
0&&%7\SH )LJ $ % & ' ( . G W
0LQ 0D[ 0LQ 0D[ 0LQ 0D[
6 1 f 0
+/
+/
1 f 0
61(6*(63(+
/
6
1 f 0
61-6*-611
(6
1 0
(6
+
1 0
/
6
2 0
6
+
2 0
/
6 2 0
6 2 0
1RWHV Door flanges are recommended to be used to cover the cutout of a switchboard panel.
1 &/ +DQGOHFHQWUHOLQHLVDSSOLHG
2 $6/$UUDQJHPHQWVWDQGDUGOLQHLVDSSOLHG
)LJ )LJ
0 )ODWKHDGVFUHZ
+/ 0 3DQHOGULOOLQJSODQ %UHDNHURXWOLQH +/ 0 )ODWKHDGVFUHZ
%UHDNHU2XWOLQH )ODWKHDGVFUHZ 3DQHO 3DQHO 3DQHOGULOOLQJSODQ
+/
+/
%
%
*
&
/ &
/ &
/
*
&
$6/ $6/ $6/ &

/ &
/ &
/
&
(
)
$6/ $6/ $6/

$
)
$
+ GWDSSHGKROH
'
W +
. GWDSSHGKROH
' W
251
DIMENSIONS
SHROUDED NEUTRAL LINK
SECTION 6
DIMENSIONS
SHROUDED NEUTRAL LINK
$ % & ' ( ) ** + - .
71/ 0 0 0[
71/ 0 0 0[
71/ 0 0 0[
71/ 0 0 0[
71/ 0 0 0[
71/ 0 0 0[
6+528' / 0 1 3
71/&9
71/&9 7%&
71/&9 7%&
253
SECTION 7

ORDER CODES
Max. In (A) of Frame 160 250 125 250 250 400 630
MOULDED CASE
BREAKERS
S250-NJ H160-NJ S400-NJ
S250-GJ L160-NJ S400-GJ
H250-NJ S400-PJ
L250-NJ H400-NE S400-NE
S250-NE L400-NE S400-GE
S250-GE S400-PE
S250-PE S630-CE
H250-NE E630-NE
S630-GE

CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH
Icu = 70KA AT
690V Ac
TEMBREAK 2
CIRCUIT
VS125-NJ VS250-NJ XV400NE
BREAKERS
FOR
1000V Ac
TEMBREAK 2 LITE
CIRCUITSAVING, ZE125-NJ ZE250-NJ
SPACE
BREAKERS
MONEY WITH
SAVING ZS125-NJ ZS250-NJ
INTEGRAL NEW 400A
MOULDED
RESIDUAL CBR
CASE CIRCUIT ZS125-GJ ZS250-GJ COMING SOON!
CURRENT CONTACT US
BREAKERS
(CBR)
CIRCUIT PVS160-SDL
BREAKERS AND
S160-SD S250-SD PVS400-NDL S400-ND
PVS160-SDH
SWITCH- S160-GD S250-GD PVS160-SNL PVS400-NDH
FOR USE ABOVE
PVS250-SDL PVS400-NNH
250V DC
PVS250-SDH
PVS250-SNL
PVS250-SNH
SWITCH
DISCONNECTORS
S160-SN S250-SN S125-NN S250-NN S400-NN
TemBreak2 Lite TemBreak2 Lite TemBreak2 E/S TemBreak2 E/S 250A TemBreak2 H/L 400A
160A Frame 250A Frame 125A Frame & H/L 250A Frame & E/S 630A Frame
Pages 295 - 304 Pages 305 - 314 Pages 315 - 326 Pages 327 - 347 Pages 348 - 369
255
TB2 H/L 800 TB2 1000 TB2 1250 (*TB1 1250 TB2 1600 (*TB1 1600) TB 2000
800 1000 1250 1600 32000
CONTENTS SECTION 7
S800-CJ S1250-SE S1600-NE XS2000-NE
S800-NJ S1250-NE S1600-SE XS2500-NE
S800-RJ S1250-GE XS32000-NE
S800-NE
S800-RE
S1000-SE
S1000-NE
H800-NE
L800-NE
L800-PE
XV630PE XV1250NE
XV800PE
PVS800-NDL S800-ND XS1250ND XS1600ND XS2000-ND*

PVS800-NNL XS3200-ND
PVS800-NNH
S800-NN S1250-NN S1600-NN XS2000-NN

XS2500-NN
TemBreak2 H/L 800A TemBreak2 1250A TemBreak2 2000A, 2500A &

& 1000A Frame & 1600A Frame 3200A Frame
Pages 370 - 386 Pages 387 - 400 Pages 401 - 402
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 160 FRAME
MCCBs for use Above 250V DC
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
66'
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,Q $ 3
6*'
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

Switch Disconnectors for use above 250V
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
66'1
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
9'&
Switch Disconnectors
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
661)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
257
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 160 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
Auxiliary Switches (AX)
)LHOG)LW$FFHVVRU\ &RGH
&KDQJHRYHU$%
&KDQJHRYHUIRUORZFXUUHQWV$%P$
Alarm Switches (AL)
&KDQJHRYHUOHIWSROH
&KDQJHRYHUULJKWSROH
Shunt Trips (SHT)
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9

ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 160 FRAME
Accessories
Undervoltage Trips (UVT)
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&9WR97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&997LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&9WR97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&9WR97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&997LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&9WR97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
259
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 160 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
Extension Bars
EDUVVWUDLJKW$
EDUVVWUDLJKW$
EDUVVSUHDG$
EDUVVWUDLJKW$
EDUVVWUDLJKW$
EDUVVSUHDG$
Horizontal Rear Connections
VWXGV$
VWXGV$
VWXGV$
VWXGV$
External Operating Handles Breaker Mounted Type (HB)
)LHOG)LWDFFHVVRU\ &RGH
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
External Operating Handles Panel Mounted Type
67\SH%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH5HGKDQGOH,3
67\SH%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH5HGKDQGOH,3

ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 160 FRAME
Accessories
Slide Type Mechanical Interlocks (MS)
)URQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQ$)3
2UGHURQHSDUWEHWZHHQWZR0&&%V
Handle Locks (HL)
)RU$)
Terminal Covers for Front Connection (FC)
3FRYHUORQJ
3FRYHUORQJ
3FRYHUZLGHIRUVSUHDGH[WHQVLRQEDUV
3FRYHUZLGHIRUVSUHDGH[WHQVLRQEDUV
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
,QWHUSROHEDUULHUVDUHVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUGSLHFHVSHU30&&%
SLHFHVSHU30&&%)RUDGGLWLRQDOEDUULHUVSOHDVHRUGHULQGLYLGXDOO\
%DUULHU
261
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 160 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
Lead Terminal Block
/HIWVLGH &RQWDFW7HUDVDNL
5LJKWVLGH &RQWDFW7HUDVDNL
Din Rail Adapter
'LQ5DLO$GDSWHU
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 250 FRAME
MCCBs for Use Above 250V DC
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
66'
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,Q $ 3
6*'
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

Switch Disconnectors for use above 250V DC
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
66'1
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
9'&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
611
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
263
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 250 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
Auxiliary Switches (AX)
&KDQJHRYHU$%
Alarm Switches (AL)
&KDQJHRYHUOHIWSROH
&KDQJHRYHUULJKWSROH
Shunt Trips (SHT)
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9

ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 250 FRAME
Accessories
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&9WR97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&997LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&9WR97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&9WR97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
$&997LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&9WR97LPH'HOD\IRU3
'&97LPH'HOD\IRU3
265
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 250 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
Extension Bars
%DUV6WUDLJKW
%DUV6SUHDG
%DUV6WUDLJKW
%DUV6SUHDG
Rear Connections
6WXGV
6WXGV
Cable Clamps
FODPSV
FODPSV

ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 250 FRAME
Accessories
Motor Operation (MC)
9WR9$&
9WR9$&
9WR9$&
9'&
9'&
99'&
99'&
Motor Operation (MC) with Auto Reset
9WR9$&
9WR9$&
9WR9$&
9'&
9'&
99'&
99'&
0RWRUSOXVNH\ORFNDYDLODEOHRQUHTXHVW
267
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 250 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
External Operating Handles Breaker Mounted Type (HB)
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
External Operating Handles Panel Mounted Type (S Type)

67\SHEODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SHUHGKDQGOH,3
67\SHEODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SHUHGKDQGOH,3
)URQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQW\SH$)3
Link Type Mechanical Interlocks (ML)
,QWHUORFN/LQN5+6
,QWHUORFN/LQN/+63
,QWHUORFN/LQN/+63
2UGHURQHLQWHUORFNSDUWIRUHDFK0&&%
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 250 FRAME
Accessories
Wire Type Mechanical Interlock (MW)
,QWHUORFN:LUHW\SHPHFKDQLVP
POHQJWKLQWHUORFNFDEOH
2UGHURQHLQWHUORFNSDUWIRUHDFK0&&%DQGRQHFDEOHEHWZHHQHDFKSDLURI0&&%V
Handle Locks (HL)
IRU$)
Terminal Covers for Front Connection (FC)
3FRYHU6KRUW
3FRYHU6KRUW
3FRYHU/RQJ
3FRYHU/RQJ
3FRYHU6SUHDG
3FRYHU6SUHDG
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
269
ORDER CODES
TB2 LITE 250 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
Terminal Covers for Cable Clamp Connection
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
,QWHUSROHEDUULHUVDUHVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
SLHFHVSHU30&&%SLHFHVSHU30&&%
IRUDGGLWLRQDOEDUULHUVSOHDVHRUGHULQGLYLGXDOO\
%DUULHU
Lead Terminal Block
/HIW6LGH 7%$
5LJKW6LGH 7%$

ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
Adjustable Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic MCCBs
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

MCCBs with Magnetic Trip Only
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

271
ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
SECTION 7
MCCBs with Adjustable Thermal and Fixed Low Instantaneous Trip: For Generator
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

MCCBs for 1000V AC
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
961-
9$&
, FX N$
7KHUPDO0DJQHWLF

,FX N$
ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
Circuit Breakers with Residual Current Protection (CBR)
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=(1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

CBR with Residual Monitor and Remote Trip
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=(1-=3
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

273
ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
SECTION 7
CBR with Residual Monitor and Remote Trip
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=61-=3
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=6*-=3
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
Accessories
Auxiliary Switches (AX) General Purpose
&KDQJHRYHU
&KDQJHRYHUIRUORZFXUUHQWVP$
Auxiliary Switches (AX) Heavy Duty
1RUPDOO\RSHQ
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
Alarm Switches (AL) General Purpose
&KDQJHRYHU
Alarm Switches (AL) Heavy Duty
1RUPDOO\RSHQ
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
Shunt Trips (SHT)
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
275
ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
)LHOG)LW$FFHVVRU\1RWFRPSDWLEOHZLWK&%5 &RGH
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
'&97LPHGHOD\9HUVLRQ
'&97LPHGHOD\
'&97LPHGHOD\
'&97LPHGHOD\
'&97LPHGHOD\
*Not suitable for use with CBR
Extension Bars (FB)
EDUV6WUDLJKW
EDUV6WUDLJKW

ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
Accessories
Rear Connections (RC)

)LHOG)LW$FFHVVRU\1RWFRPSDWLEOHIRUXVHZLWK&%5 &RGH
VWXGV
VWXGV
Fixed Part of Plug-in MCCB (PM)
3
3
Plug-in Conversion for MCCB

)LHOG)LW$FFHVVRU\1RWFRPSDWLEOHIRUXVHZLWK&%5RU
0&&%VIRU9$& &RGH
3
3
Extension Terminal for Fixed Part of Plug-in MCCB (PF)
EDUV
EDUV
Terminal Covers for Extension Terminals for Fixed Part of Plug-in MCCB
3$3OXJLQ%DVH7HUPLQDO&RYHU
Control Wiring Terminals for Plug-in MCCBs
3OXJIRUDX[LOLDU\VZLWFKHVDQGDODUPVZLWFKHV
3OXJIRUVKXQWWULSVDQGXQGHUYROWDJHWULSV
2UGHURQHSOXJIRUHDFKHOHFWULFDODFFHVVRU\
277
ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
6RFNHW
2UGHURQHVRFNHWIRUHDFKHOHFWULFDODFFHVVRU\
Cable Clamps (FW)
FODPSV
FODPSV
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
Motor Operation (MC) with Automatic Reset
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9

ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
Accessories
External Operating Handles (Breaker Mounted Type) (HB)
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;ZLWKNH\ORFN
5HGKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;ZLWKNH\ORFN
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
External Operating Handles (Panel Mounted Type) (S Type)
Ñ
67\SH¯
%ODFNKDQGOH,3
Ñ
67\SH¯
5HGKDQGOH,3
Ñ
67\SH¯
%ODFNKDQGOH,3
Ñ
67\SH¯
5HGKDQGOH,3
&DVWHOO&DPIRU./RFN
3OXJLQW\SH$)3
3OXJLQW\SH$)3
)LHOG)LW$FFHVVRU\QRWFRPSDWLEOHZLWK&%5 &RGH
5LJKWVLGH
/HIWVLGH3
/HIWVLGH3
279
ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
Wire Type Mechanical Interlocks (MW)
,QWHUORFN0HFKDQLVP
2UGHURQHLQWHUORFNSDUWIRUHDFK0&&%DQGRQHFDEOHEHWZHHQWZR0&&%V
Handle Locks (HL)
)RU$)
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
Terminal Covers for Rear Connection and Plug-In (CR)
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
Terminal Covers for Cable Clamps (CS)
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN

ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
Accessories
EDUULHU
,QWHUSROHEDUULHUVDUHVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUGSLHFHVSHU30&&%SLHFHVSHU30&&%
)RUDGGLWLRQDOEDUULHUVSOHDVHRUGHULQGLYLGXDOO\
Lead Terminal Block

&RGH
)LHOG)LW$FFHVVRU\
/HIWVLGH
5LJKWVLGH
DIN Rail Adapter
',1UDLODGDSWHUIRU$) $)
Neutral Link
$1HXWUDO/LQN
$1HXWUDO/LQN6KURXG
Door Flange
)RUWRJJOHRSHUDWLRQ
)RUPRWRULVHGRSHUDWLRQ
281
ORDER CODES
TB2 S125 FRAME
SECTION 7
Automatic Changeover Pairs
:HRIIHUDUDQJHRIDFFHVVRULHVZKLFKDOORZRXUFXVWRPHUV
WRSURGXFHDXWRPDWLFFKDQJHRYHUV\VWHPVXVLQJRXU
FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
:LULQJEHWZHHQWKHFRPSRQHQWVLVWKHFXVWRPHUVUHVSRQVLELOLW\
EXWFDQEHHDVLO\FRPSOHWHGE\IROORZLQJWKHalfanar 7HUDVDNL
:LULQJ 'LDJUDPDYDLODEOHRQUHTXHVW
2UGHUFRGHVIRUWKHQHFHVVDU\FRPSRQHQWVDUHVKRZQLQWKH
WDEOHEHORZ
$)UDPH &RGH )XQFWLRQ
D7ZR7HP%UHDN0&&%V$)UDPH 5HIHUWR0&&%RUGHUFRGHV 6ZLWFKLQJDQGSURWHFWLRQRIWKHORDG
E[$X[LOODU\VZLWFKIRUPDLQV0&&% [
[$X[LOODU\VZLWFKIRUJHQHUDWRU0&&% [
(OHFWULFDOLQWHUORFNLQJDQG0&&%VWDWXV
$ODUPVZLWFKIRUPDLQ0&&%
$ODUPVZLWFKIRUJHQHUDWRU0&&%
F/LQNW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNOHIW

/LQNW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNULJKW
0HFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNLQJ
&DEOHW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNLQJPD\
RU DOWHUQDWLYHO\EHXVHG
/LQNW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNOHIW3
5HIHUWRÓ0RWRU2SHUDWRUÐ6HOHFW
G0RWRURSHUDWRUIRUPDLQV0&&% FRGHEDVHRQUHTXLUHGYROWDJH
$XWRPDWLFRSHUDWLRQRIFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0RWRURSHUDWRUIRUJHQHUDWRU0&&% FRGHEDVHRQUHTXLUHGYROWDJH
6LPSOLILHVFXVWRPHUZLULQJ7HUPLQDOEORFNV
DQGFRQWUROUHOD\DUHLQFOXGHG2QO\VXLWDEOHZKHQ
H7HP7UDQVIHU:LULQJ3DQHO
XVLQJalfanar 7HUDVDNL:LULQJ'LDJUDP
5HVHWVDQGLVRODWHVWKHV\VWHPIRUPDLQWHQDQFH
I7HP7UDQVIHU5HVHW.H\6ZLWFK 2QO\VXLWDEOHZKHQXVLQJalfanar 7HUDVDNL
:LULQJ'LDJUDP
J 7HP7UDQVIHU$XWRPDWLF&KDQJHRYHU 0RQLWRUVPDLQVDQGJHQHUDWRUYROWDJHVDQGFRQWUROV

&RQWUROOHU WUDQVIHURIORDG3UHFRQILJXUHGWRRSHUDWHZLWK
alfanar 7HUDVDNL:LULQJ'LDJUDP
3RZHU6XSSO\IRU7HP7UDQVIHU
K7HP7UDQVIHU3RZHU6XSSO\9'&
$OVRDYDLODEOHLQ9'&
7HP7UDQVIHU,QWHUIDFH.LWRSWLRQDO 2SWLRQDO$OORZVUHFRQILJXUDWLRQRI7HP7UDQVIHU

GLDJQRVWLFVDQGDGYDQFHGSDUDPHWHUVHWWLQJV
1RWDYDLODEOHIRU&%5V̄
ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 FRAME
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

$SSOLHVRQO\WR$DQG$PRGHOV
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

283
ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 FRAME
SECTION 7
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
, FX N$0DJQHWLF7ULS2QO\
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 FRAME
MCCBs with Adjustable ~Thermal and Fixed Low Instantaneous Trip: For Generator
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

MCCBs for 1000V AC
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
961-
9$&
, FX N$
7KHUPDO0DJQHWLF
285
ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 FRAME
SECTION 7
Circuit Breakers with Residual Current Protection (CBR)
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=(1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=61-

, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=6*-

, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
CBR with Residual Current Monitor and Remote Trip Module
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=(1-=3

, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=61-=3

, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
=6*-=3
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 FRAME
Circuit Breakers and Switch Disconnectors for use above 250V DC
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
3966'/
9'&
, FX N$
7KHUPDO0DJQHWLF

3ROHVZLUHGLQVHULHV5HYHUVH&RQQHFWLRQYHUVLRQDYDLODEOHRQUHTXHVW
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
3966'/
9'&
, FX N$
7KHUPDO0DJQHWLF

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
3966'+
9'&
, FX N$
7KHUPDO0DJQHWLF

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
3966'/
9'&
, FX N$
7KHUPDO0DJQHWLF

287
ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 FRAME
SECTION 7
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
3966'/
9'&
, FX N$
7KHUPDO0DJQHWLF

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
3966'+
9'&
, FX N$
7KHUPDO0DJQHWLF

0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
39661/9'&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
39661+9'&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
39661/9'&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
39661+9'&
ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 FRAME
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
289
ORDER CODES
TB2 S/H/L 250 FRAME
SECTION 7
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
+1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
/1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
+1-

, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
/1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
+1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
/1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
ORDER CODES
TB2 S/H/L 250 FRAME
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
0RGHO &RGHV ,5 $ 3 3
61( $
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)& $1
$3
$31
$
$1
$3
$31
$
$1
$3
$31
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ
&RGHV $
$/6,
33UHIHUHQWLDO7ULS$ODUP
$1
**URXQG)DXOW $3
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
$31
3URWHFWLRQ
6*( $
, FX N$#9$&
$3
$31
$
$1
$3
$31
$
$1
$3
$31
&RGHV $
$/6,
$1
**URXQG)DXOW $3
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
$31
291
ORDER CODES
TB2 S/H/L 250 FRAME
SECTION 7
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
63( $
, FX N$#9$&
$3
$31
$
$1
$3
$31
$
$1
$3
$31
&RGHV $
$/6,
33UHIHUHQWLDO7ULS$ODUP $1
**URXQG)DXOW $3
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
$31
3URWHFWLRQ
+1( $
, FX N$#9$&
$3
$31
$
$1
$3
$31
$
$1
$3
$31
&RGHV $
$/6,
33UHIHUHQWLDO7ULS$ODUP $1
**URXQG)DXOW $3
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
$31
ORDER CODES
TB2 S/H/L 250 FRAME
MCCBs with Measurement and Data Communication
3URWHFWLRQ
6*( $& &RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)& $&1 &RQWDFWalfanar
$&3= &RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
$&13= &RQWDFWalfanar
$& &RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
$&1 &RQWDFWalfanar
$&1 &RQWDFWalfanar

(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV
$&/6,DQG0RGEXV&RPPXQLFDWLRQ $&1 &RQWDFWalfanar
==RQH,QWHUORFN $&3= &RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
3URWHFWLRQ
+1( $& &RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)& $&1 &RQWDFWalfanar

$&1 &RQWDFWalfanar
$&1 &RQWDFWalfanar
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $& &RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar

$&/6,DQG0RGEXV&RPPXQLFDWLRQ $&1 &RQWDFWalfanar
==RQH,QWHUORFN $&3= &RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
293
ORDER CODES
TB2 S/H/L 250 FRAME
SECTION 7
MCCBs with Icu = 70kA at 690V AC
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
/3-
9$&
, FX N$
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&

ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 AND S/H/L 250 FRAME
Accessories
&KDQJHRYHU
(DUO\PDNHVZLWFK
1RUPDOO\RSHQ
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
&KDQJHRYHU
1RUPDOO\RSHQ
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
Shunt Trips (SHT)
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
295
ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 AND S/H/L 250 FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
$&97LPHGHOD\
'&97LPHGHOD\9HUVLRQ
'&97LPHGHOD\
'&97LPHGHOD\
'&97LPHGHOD\
'&97LPHGHOD\
Extension Bars (FB)
EDUVRIIVHW
EDUVVWUDLJKW
EDUVVWUDLJKW
Rear Connections (RC)
VWXGVIRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLF(DQG6W\SHV
VWXGVIRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLF(DQG6W\SHV
VWXGVIRU+DQG/W\SHVDQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
VWXGVIRU+DQG/W\SHVDQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV

ORDER CODES
TB2 S250 AND S/H/L 250 FRAMES
Accessories
3
3
Plug-in Conversion for MCCB
)LHOG)LW$FFHVVRU\QRWFRPSDWLEOHZLWK&%5RU0&&%VIRU9$& &RGH
3IRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLF(DQG6W\SHV
3IRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLF(DQG6W\SHV
3IRU+DQG/W\SHV$DQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
3IRU+DQG/W\SHV$DQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
%DUV
%DUV
%DUVVXLWDEOHIRUSOXJLQEDVHRQO\
Terminal Covers for Extension Terminals for Fixed Part of Plug-in MCCB
3OXJVKXQWWULSVDQGXQGHUYROWDJHWULSV
2UGHURQHSOXJIRUHDFKLQWHUQDODFFHVVRU\

6RFNHWIRU$X[$ODUP8976+7
2UGHURQHVRFNHWIRUHDFKLQWHUQDODFFHVVRU\
297
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
Cable Clamps (FW)
FODPSVIRU6+/6+/
FODPSVIRU6+/6+/
FODPSVIRU+/
FODPSVIRU+/
9WR9$&
9WR9$&
9WR9$&
9'&
9'&
9'&
9WR9'&
9WR9$&
9WR9$&
9WR9$&
9'&
9'&
9'&
9WR9'&

ORDER CODES
Accessories

%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
External Operating Handles (Breaker Mounted Type) (S Type)
Ñ
67\SH¯
%ODFNKDQGOH,3IRU$)
Ñ
67\SH¯
5HGKDQGOH,3IRU$)
Ñ
67\SH¯
%ODFN+DQGOH,3
Ñ
67\SH¯
5HG+DQGOH,3
&DVWHOO&DPIRU.6W\OH/RFN
(6WKHUPDOPDJQHWLFW\SHVIRUIURQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQ$)3
(6WKHUPDOPDJQHWLFW\SHVIRUIURQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQW\SH$)3
(6W\SHIRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLFSOXJLQW\SH$)3
(6W\SHIRUSOXJLQW\SH$)3
+/W\SHIRUIURQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQW\SH$)3DQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
+/W\SHIRUIURQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQW\SH$)3DQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
+/W\SHIRUSOXJLQW\SH$)3DQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
+/W\SHIRUSOXJLQW\SH$)3DQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
5LJKWVLGH
/HIWVLGH3
/HIWVLGH3
2UGHURQHSDUWIRUHDFK0&&%
299
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories

,QWHUORFN0HFKDQLFDO
Handle Locks (HL)
)RU$)
Terminal Covers for Front Connection
3FRYHUIRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLF(DQG6W\SHV
3FRYHUIRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLF(DQG6W\SHV
3FRYHUIRU+DQG/W\SHVDQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
3FRYHUIRU+DQG/W\SHVDQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
Terminal Covers for Front Connections
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
Terminal Covers for Cable Clamps (CS)
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN

ORDER CODES
Accessories
)RUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLF(DQG6W\SHV
)RU+DQG/W\SHVDQGHOHFWURQLF6W\SHV
Lead Terminal Block
/HIWVLGH
5LJKWVLGH
DIN Rail Adapter
',1UDLODGDSWHUIRU$ $
Neutral Link Shroud
$1HXWUDO/LQN
$1HXWUDO/LQN6KURXG
Door Flange
)RUWRJJOHRSHUDWLRQ
)RUPRWRULVHGRSHUDWLRQ
301
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
OCR Checker
2&5&KHFNHU9$&
2&5FKHFNHU9$&
OCR Sealing Facility
2&5VHDOLQJFRYHUWKHUPDOPDJ
2&5VHDOLQJFRYHUHOHFWURQLF
Terminal Temperature Monitor and Alarm
7HPSHUDWXUH0RQLWRUIRU36DQG6+/)UDPHV &RQWDFW7HUDVDNL
7HPSHUDWXUH0RQLWRUIRU36DQG6+/)UDPHV &RQWDFW7HUDVDNL

ORDER CODES
FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
EXWFDQEHHDVLO\FRPSOHWHGE\IROORZLQJWKH7HUDVDNL:LULQJ
'LDJUDPDYDLODEOHRQUHTXHVW
WDEOHEHORZ

7ZR7HP%UHDN0&&EV7%6RU
D 5HIHUWR0&&%RUGHUFRGHV 6ZLWFKLQJDQGSURWHFWLRQRIWKHORDG
7%6+/

RU &DEOHW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNLQJPD\
DOWHUQDWLYHO\EHXVHG
/LQNW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNOHIW3
XVLQJ7HUDVDNL:LULQJ'LDJUDP
I7HP7UDQVIHU5HVHW.H\6ZLWFK 2QO\VXLWDEOHZKHQXVLQJ7HUDVDNL:LULQJ'LDJUDP

7HUDVDNL:LULQJ'LDJUDP
$OVRDYDLODEOHLQ9'&
2SWLRQDO$OORZVUHFRQILJXUDWLRQRI7HP7UDQVIHU
7HP7UDQVIHU,QWHUIDFH.LWRSWLRQDO
1RWDYDLODEOHIRU&%5V̄
303
ORDER CODES
TB2 H/L 400 FRAME
SECTION 7
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
+1( $
, FX N$#9$&
$3
$31
$
$*
&RGHV $1
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $3
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
$*1
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
63KDVHURWDWLRQSURWHFWLRQ $3*
&&RPPXQLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
:(OHFWULFDOHQHUJ\SXOVH $31
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*1
$QH[WHUQDOQHXWUDO&7PXVWEHRUGHUHG5HIHUWR([WHUQDO$FFHVVRULHV
3URWHFWLRQ
/1( $
, FX N$#9$&
$3
$31
$
$*
&RGHV $1
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $3
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ $*1
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*1
ORDER CODES
TB2 H/L 400 FRAME
3URWHFWLRQ
+1( $
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)& $*
$*1
$3*6
$3*16
$3*6&:+
$3*16&:+
$
&RGHV $*
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $*1
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ $3*6
63KDVHURWDWLRQSURWHFWLRQ
$3*16
:(OHFWULFDOHQHUJ\SXOVH $3*6&:+
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*16&:+
$QH[WHUQDOQHXWUDO&7PXVWEHRUGHUHGIRUJURXQGIDXOWWULSIXQFWLRQ
3URWHFWLRQ
/1( $
, FX N$#9$&
$*1
$3*6
$3*16
$3*6&:+
$3*16&:+
$
&RGHV $*
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $*1
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
63KDVHURWDWLRQSURWHFWLRQ $3*16
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*16&:+
305
ORDER CODES
TB2 H/L 400 FRAME
SECTION 7
MCCBs with Icu = 70kA at 690V DC
3URWHFWLRQ
0RGHO &RGHV ,5 $ 3
/3( $
9$&
, FX N$ $
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQV
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
$3*3UH7ULS *URXQG)DXOW
Circuit Breakers and Switch Disconnectors for use Above 250V DC
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
3961'/
9'&
,FX N$
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
&RQQHFWSROHVLQVHULHV
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
3961'+
9'&
, FX N$
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
39611/
9'&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
39611+
9'&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
(1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6&-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
63-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
307
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
SECTION 7
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
(1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6&-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
MCCBs with Adjustable Thermal and Fixed Low Instantaneous Trip: For generators
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
(1-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6&-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6*-
, FX N$#9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
309
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
SECTION 7
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
61( $
, FX N$#9$&
$3
$31
$
$*
&RGHV $1
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $3
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$*1
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*1
3URWHFWLRQ
6*( $
, FX N$#9$&
$3
$31
$
$*
&RGHV $1
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $3
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*1
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
63( $
, FX N$#9$&
$3
$31
$
$*
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $1

$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $3
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*1
3URWHFWLRQ
(1( $
, FX N$#9$&
$1
$3
$*1
$6WDQGDUGUHOD\ZLWK/6,FKDUDFWHULVWLF $3*
**URXQG)DXOW $31
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
$3*1
3URWHFWLRQ
6&( $
, FX N$#9$&
$1
$3
$*1
**URXQG)DXOW $31
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
$3*1
311
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
SECTION 7
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
6*( $
, FX N$#9$&
$1
$3
$*1
**URXQG)DXOW $31
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
$3*1
3URWHFWLRQ
61( $
, FX N$#9$&
$*1
$3*6
$3*16
$3*6&:+
$3*16&:+
$
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $*
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $*1
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*16&:+
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
6*( $
, FX N$#9$&
$*1
$3*6
$3*16
$3*6&:+
$3*16&:+
$
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $*
$/6,
33UHWULSDODUP $*1
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*16&:+
313
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
SECTION 7
3URWHFWLRQ
(1( $
, FX N$#9$&
$*1
$3*6
$3*16

$6WDQGDUGUHOD\ZLWK/6,FKDUDFWHULVWLF $3*6&:+
**URXQG)DXOW $3*16&:+
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
3URWHFWLRQ
6&( $
, FX N$#9$&
$*1
$3*6
$3*16
11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
3URWHFWLRQ
6*( $
, FX N$#9$&
$*1
$3*6
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $3*16

11HXWUDO3URWHFWLRQ
ORDER CODES
TB2 E/S 630 FRAME
Circuit Breakers and Switch Disconnectors for Use Above 250V DC
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
61'
9'&
, FX N$
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
3ROHVZLUHGLQVHULHV
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
61'
9'&
, FX N$
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
3ROHVZLUHGLQVHULHV
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
315
ORDER CODES
TB2 2 H/L 400 AND E/S 630 FRAMES
SECTION 7
Accessories
&KDQJHRYHU
1RUPDOO\RSHQ
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
&KDQJHRYHU
1RUPDOO\RSHQ
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
Shunt Trips (SHT)
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9

ORDER CODES
Accessories
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
$&97LPHGHOD\3
$&97LPHGHOD\3
$&97LPHGHOD\3
$&97LPHGHOD\3
$&97LPHGHOD\3
$&97LPHGHOD\3
'&97LPHGHOD\9HUVLRQ3
'&97LPHGHOD\3
'&97LPHGHOD\3
'&97LPHGHOD\3
'&97LPHGHOD\3
$&97LPHGHOD\IRU3ROHRQO\
'&97LPHGHOD\IRU3ROHRQO\
317
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
Extension Bars (FB)
EDUV$2IIVHW
EDUV$6WUDLJKW
EDUV$2IIVHW
EDUV$6WUDLJKW

6WUDLJKW7\SH EDUV$2IIVHW
EDUV$6WUDLJKW
EDUV$2IIVHW
EDUV$6WUDLJKW
2IIVHW7\SH
Rear Connections (RC) for E/S 630A Frame
VWXGV$
VWXGV$
VWXGV$
VWXGV$
Rear Connections (RC) for H/L 400A Frame
)DFWRU\)LW$FFHVVRU\ &RGH
&RQWDFW7HUDVDNL &RQWDFW7HUDVDNL
3
3
$SOXJLQFRQYHUVLRQLVDOVRUHTXLUHGWRFRPSOHWHWKHSOXJLQ0&&%
ORDER CODES
TEMBREAK 2 H/L 400A AND E/S 630A FRAME
Accessories
Plug-in Conversion for E/S 630A Frame
3$
3$
3$
3$
Plug-in Conversion for H/L 400A Frame)
)DFWRU\)LW$FFHVVRU\H[FHSWIRU/3( &RGH
&RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
EDUV
EDUV
Terminal Covers for Extension Terminals for Fixed Parts of Plug-in MCCBs
3OXJIRUVKXQWWULSVDQGXQGHUYROWDJHWULSV
2UGHURQHSOXJIRUHDFKLQWHUQDODFFHVVRU\
319
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories

6RFNHWIRUDX[DOVKWXYW
2UGHURQHVRFNHWIRUHDFKLQWHUQDODFFHVVRU\
Cable Clamps (FW) for E/S 630A Frame
FODPSV$
FODPSV$
Cable Clamps (FW) for H/L 400A Frame
&RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
9WR9$&IRU$)
9WR9'&IRU$)
9WR9'&IRU$)

$&9WR9
'&9WR9
'&9WR9
ORDER CODES
Accessories
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
Ñ
67\SH¯
%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH¯
5HGKDQGOH,3
67\SH¯
%ODFN+DQGOH,3
7\SH¯
5HG+DQGOH,3
&DVWHOO&DPIRU./RFN
(6W\SHIRUIURQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQW\SH$)3
(6W\SHIRUIURQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQW\SH$)3
+/W\SHIRUIURQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQW\SH$)3
+/W\SHIRUSOXJLQW\SH$)3
+/W\SHIRUSOXJLQW\SH$)3
5LJKWVLGH
/HIWVLGH3
/HIWVLGH3
321
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories

,QWHUORFN
Handle Locks (HL)
)RU$)
3FRYHUQDUURZW\SH
3FRYHUQDUURZW\SH
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN
Terminal Covers for Rear Connection, Cable Clamps and Plug-In (CR)
3FRYHU
3FRYHU
7HUPLQDOFRYHUORFN

)RU(DQG6W\SHV
ORDER CODES
Accessories
Lead Terminal Block
/HIWVLGH
5LJKWVLGH
Neutral Link
$1HXWUDO/LQN
$1HXWUDO/LQN
1HXWUDO/LQN6KURXG
Door Flange
)RUWRJJOHRSHUDWLRQ
)RUPRWRULVHGDSSOLFDWLRQ
323
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
OCR Checker
2&5&KHFNHU9$&
2&5FKHFNHU9$&
External Neutral CT
$
$
7HPSHUDWXUH0RQLWRUIRU3+/DQG(6)UDPHV &RQWDFW7HUDVDNL
7HPSHUDWXUH0RQLWRUIRU3+/DQG(6)UDPHV &RQWDFW7HUDVDNL
ORDER CODES
FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
EXWFDQEHHDVLO\FRPSOHWHGE\IROORZLQJWKH7HUDVDNL:LULQJ
'LDJUDPDYDLODEOHRQUHTXHVW
WDEOHEHORZ

7ZR7HP%UHDN0&&%V+/RU
(6)UDPHV
F /LQNW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNOHIW

/LQNW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNOHIW3 DOWHUQDWLYHO\EHXVHG
G 0RWRURSHUDWRUIRUPDLQV0&&% FRGHEDVHRQUHTXLUHGYROWDJH

$OVRDYDLODEOHLQ9'&
7HP7UDQVIHU,QWHUIDFH.LWRSWLRQDO
325
ORDER CODES
TB2 H/L 800 FRAME
SECTION 7
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
+1( $
, FX N$
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQEDUVPDQGDWRU\ $1
$3
$*
$*1
$3*
$31
$3*1
$
$1
$3
$*
$*1
33UHWULSDODUP
**URXQGIDXOWWULS $31
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$3*1
$QH[WHUQDOQHXWUDO&7PXVWEHRUGHUHG6HH([WHUQDO$FFHVVRULHV
3URWHFWLRQ
/1( $
, FX N$
$3
$*
$*1
$3*
$31
$3*1
$
$1
$3
$*
$*1
33UHWULSDODUP
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$3*1
ORDER CODES
TB2 H/L 800 FRAME
3URWHFWLRQ
+1( $
, FX N$
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
$*
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQEDUVPDQGDWRU\ $*1
$3
$3*6
$3*16
$3&:+
$3*6&:+
$3*16&:+
$
$*
$*1
$/6, $3
33UHWULSDODUP $3*6
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
$3&:+
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*16&:+
3URWHFWLRQ
/1( $
, FX N$
$*
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
$*1
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ
$3*6
$3*16
$3&:+
$3*6&:+
$3*16&:+
$
$*
$*1
$/6, $3
33UHWULSDODUP
$3*6
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
&&RPPXQLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQ $3&:+
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*16&:+
$QH[WHUQDOQHXWUDO&7PXVWEHRUGHUHG6HH([WHUQDO$FFHVVRULHV([WHQVLRQEDUVDUHRSWLRQDOIRU6PRGHOV
327
ORDER CODES
TB2 H/L 800 FRAME
SECTION 7
MCCBs with Icu = 70kA @ 690V AC
3URWHFWLRQ
0RGHO &RGHV ,5 $ 3
/3( $
, FX N$#9$&
:LWK5HDU&RQQHFWLRQV $3
$*
$3*
$
$3
$*
$3*
3URWHFWLRQ
0RGHO &RGHV ,5 $ 3
/3( $
, FX N$#9$&
ZLWK3OXJLQFRQQHFWLRQV $3
$*
$3*
$
$3
$*
$3*
2UGHU3OXJLQEDVHDQGDX[LOLDU\FRQQHFWRUVVHSDUDWHO\
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
3961'/
9'&
, FX N$
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQEDUVPDQGDWRU\
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
3961'+
9'&
, FX N$
ORDER CODES
TB2 H/L 800 FRAME
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
39611/
9'&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
39611+
9'&
329
ORDER CODES
TB2 1000 FRAME
SECTION 7
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
6&-
, FX N$DW9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWHG)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
61-
, FX N$DW9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWHG)&
0RGHO ,5 $ 3 3
65-
, FX N$DW9$&
)URQW&RQQHFWHG)&
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
61( $
, FX N$DW9$&
$3
$*
$*1
$3*
$31
$3*1
$
$1
$3
$*
$*1
33UHWULSDODUP
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$3*1
ORDER CODES
TB2 1000 FRAME
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
65( $
, FX N$DW9$&
$3
$*
$*1
$3*
$31
$3*1
$
$1
$3
$*
$*1
33UHWULSDODUP
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$3*1
3URWHFWLRQ
66( $
,FX N$DW9$&
$3
$*
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $*1

33UHWULSDODUP
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$3*1
3URWHFWLRQ
61( $
DW9$&
$1
, FX N$DW9$&
$3
$*
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $*1
$6WDQGDUGUHOD\ZLWK/6,FKDUDFWHULVWLF
33UHWULSDODUP $3*
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$3*1
331
ORDER CODES
TB2 1000 FRAME
SECTION 7
3URWHFWLRQ
61( $
, FX N$DW9$&
$*1
$3
$3*6
$3*16
$3&:+
$3*6&:+
$3*16&:+
$
$*
$*1
$/6, $3
33UHWULSDODUP $3*6
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
$3&:+
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*16&:+
3URWHFWLRQ
65( $
, FX N$DW9$&
$*1
$3
$3*6
$3*16
$3&:+
$3*6&:+
$3*16&:+
$
$*
$*1
$/6, $3
33UHWULSDODUP $3*6
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
$3&:+
++DUPRQLFFXUUHQW
$3*16&:+
ORDER CODES
TB2 1000 FRAME
3URWHFWLRQ
66( $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
$* $
$*1 $
$3 $
$3*6 $
$3*16 $
$3&:+ $
$3*6&:+ $
$3*16&:+ $
3URWHFWLRQ
61( $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
$* $
$*1 $
$3 $
$3*6 $
$3*16 $
$3&:+ $
$3*6&:+ $
$3*16&:+ $
MCCBs for use above 250V DC
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
61'
9'&

, FX N$
3ROHVZLUHGLQVHULHV
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
61'
9'&
, FX N$
3ROHVZLUHGLQVHULHV
333
ORDER CODES
TB2 1000 FRAME
SECTION 7
0RGHO ,5 $ 3
61'
9'&
, FX N$
3ROHVZLUHGLQVHULHV
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611 &RQWDFWalfanar &RQWDFWalfanar
)URQW&RQQHFWLRQ)&
ORDER CODES
TB2 H/L 800 AND 1000 FRAMES
Accessories
)LW$FFHVVRU\ &RGH
&KDQJHRYHU
1RUPDOO\RSHQ%ULGJH$
1RUPDOO\FORVHG%ULGJH%
&KDQJHRYHU$%
1RUPDOO\RSHQ
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
Shunt Trips (SHT)
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
335
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
897$&9
897$&9
897$&9
897'&9
897'&9
897'&9
897$&9
897$&9
897$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
Extension Bars (FB)
EDUV$6W\SHVRQO\
EDUV$6W\SHVRQO\
EDUV$6W\SHVRQO\
EDUV$6W\SHVRQO\

ORDER CODES
Accessories
Rear Connections
)LHOG)LW$FFHVVRU$[FHSW )DFWRU$LW &RGH

VWXGV$IRU(DQG6W\SHV
VWXGV$IRU(DQG6W\SHV
VWXGV$IRU+DQG/W\SHV/LQH6LGH
VWXGV$IRU+DQG/W\SHV/LQH6LGH
VWXGV$IRU+DQG/W\SHV/RDG6LGH
VWXGV$IRU+DQG/W\SHV/RDG6LGH
VWXGV$YHUWLFDOLQVWDOODWLRQRQO\
VWXGV$YHUWLFDOLQVWDOODWLRQRQO\
Fixed Part of Plug-in MCCB (PM) for S800A and H/L 800 Frame MCCBs
33OXJLQ%ORFNVXLWDEOHIRUDWWDFKEDUV
33OXJLQ%ORFNVXLWDEOHIRUDWWDFKEDUV
Plug-in conversion for S800A Frame MCCBs
3$$6W\SHRQO\
3$6W\SHVRQO\
Plug-in conversion for H/L 800A Frame MCCBs
3$$6W\SHRQO\ )DFWRU\)LW
3$6W\SHVRQO\ )DFWRU\)LW
337
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
Extension terminal for fixed part of Plug-in MCCB for S800A and H/L 800A MCCBs
IODWEDUVIRUSOXJLQPRXQWEORFNV
IODWEDUVIRUSOXJLQPRXQWEORFNV
Terminal Covers for Extension Terminals for Fixed Part of Plug-in Base
Control Wiring Terminals for Plug-In MCCBS
3OXJIRUUHPRYDEOHSDUWRI0&&%WHUPLQDOV
3OXJIRU$X[6ZLWFKDQG$ODUP6ZLWFK
3OXJIRU6+7DQG897
&RQWDFW7HUDVDNLIRU+/ZLULQJFRQQHFWLRQV2UGHURQHSOXJIRUHDFKDFFHVVRU\
Control Wiring Terminals for Plug-In MCCBS
6RFNHWIRU)L[HGSDUWRI0&&%WHUPLQDOV
2UGHURQHVRFNHWIRUHDFKDFFHVVRU\
$&9WR9
'&9WR9
'&9WR9
0RWRUPXVWEHIDFWRU\ILWWHGIRU+/IUDPH0&&%V
$&9WR9
'&9WR9
'&9WR9
0RWRUPXVWEHIDFWRU\ILWWHGIRU+/IUDPH0&&%V
ORDER CODES
Accessories
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
%ODFN+DQGOH,3;
%ODFN+DQGOH,3;ZLWKNH\ORFN
5HG+DQGOH,3;
5HG+DQGOH,3;ZLWKNH\ORFN
67\SH%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH5HGKDQGOH,3
67\SH%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH5HGKDQGOH,3
&DVWHOO&DPIRU./RFN
6W\SHIRUIURQWUHDUFRQQHFWLRQW\SH$)3
5LJKWVLGHFRPPRQWR33
/HIWVLGH3
/HIWVLGH3
339
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
,QWHUORFNPHFKDQLVP
Handle Locks
+DQGOH/RFN$)
6W\SH$)3FRYHU
6W\SH$)3FRYHU
Terminal Covers for Rear Connection and Plug-in Connection
6W\SH$)3FRYHU
6W\SH$)3FRYHU
+/W\SH$)3FRYHU
+/W\SH$)3FRYHU

,QWHUSROHEDUULHUV
,QWHUSROHEDUULHUVDUHVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUGSLHFHVSHU30&&%SLHFHVZLWKD30&&%
)RUDGGLWLRQDOEDUULHUVSOHDVHRUGHULQGLYLGXDOO\
ORDER CODES
Accessories
Lead Terminal Block
/HIW6LGH
5LJKW6LGH
Neutral Link
1HXWUDO/LQN &RGH
$1HXWUDO/LQN
$1HXWUDO/LQN6KURXG
$1HXWUDO/LQN
$1HXWUDO/LQN6KURXG
Door Flanges
1HXWUDO/LQN &RGH
)RUWRJJOHRSHUDWLRQ
)RUPRWRURSHUDWLRQ
OCR Checker
2&5&KHFNHU9$&
2&5FKHFNHU9$&
External Neutral CT
([WHUQDO1HXWUDO&7 &RGH
$
$
$
7HPSHUDWXUH0RQLWRUIRU3+/DQG6)UDPHV &RQWDFWalfanar
7HPSHUDWXUH0RQLWRUIRU3+/DQG6)UDPHV &RQWDFWalfanar
341
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
EXWFDQEHHDVLO\FRPSOHWHGE\IROORZLQJWKHalfanar 7HUDVDNL
:LULQJ 'LDJUDPDYDLODEOHRQUHTXHVW
WDEOHEHORZ
)UDPHV &RGH )XQFWLRQ

7ZR7HP%UHDN0&&%V+/RU
6)UDPH

/LQNW\SHPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNOHIW3 DOWHUQDWLYHO\EHXVHG
0RWRURSHUDWRUIRUJHQHUDWRU0&&% 5HIHUWRÓ0RWRU2SHUDWRUÐ6HOHFW
FRGHEDVHRQUHTXLUHGYROWDJH

7HP7UDQVIHU,QWHUIDFH.LWRSWLRQDO GLDJQRVWLFVDQGDGYDQFHGSDUDPHWHUVHWWLQJV
ORDER CODES
TB2 1250 FRAME
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
66( $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQEDUVPDQGDWRU\ $1 $
$3 $
$* $
$*1 $
$6WDQGDUGUHOD\ZLWK/6,FKDUDFWHULVWLF $3* $
33UHWULSDODUP
**URXQGIDXOWWULS $31 $
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$3*1 $
3URWHFWLRQ
61( $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
$3 $
$* $
$*1 $
$3* $
$6WDQGDUGUHOD\ZLWK/6,FKDUDFWHULVWLF $31 $
33UHWULSDODUP
**URXQGIDXOWWULS $3*1 $
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
3URWHFWLRQ
6*( $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
$3 $
$* $
$*1 $
33UHWULSDODUP $3* $
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ $31 $
$3*1 $
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611
343
ORDER CODES
TB2 1600 FRAME
SECTION 7
Electronic MCCBs
3URWHFWLRQ
66( $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
$1 $
$3 $
$* $
$6WDQGDUGUHOD\ZLWK/6,FKDUDFWHULVWLF $*1 $
33UHWULSDODUP
**URXQGIDXOWWULS $3* $
$3*1 $
3URWHFWLRQ
66(9HUWLFDO5& $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
$1 $
5HDU&RQQHFWLRQ
$3 $
$* $
$*1 $
$6WDQGDUGUHOD\ZLWK/6,FKDUDFWHULVWLF $3* $
33UHWULSDODUP $31 $
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
$3*1 $
3URWHFWLRQ
61( $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
$1 $
$3 $
$* $
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $*1 $
33UHWULSDODUP $3* $
**URXQGIDXOWWULS $31 $
11SKDVHSURWHFWLRQ
$3*1 $
3URWHFWLRQ
61(9HUWLFDO5& $ $
, FX N$DW9$&
$1 $
5HDU&RQQHFWLRQ
(OHFWURQLF3URWHFWLRQ&RGHV $3 $
$* $
$6WDQGDUGUHOD\ZLWK/6,FKDUDFWHULVWLF $*1 $
33UHWULSDODUP
**URXQGIDXOWWULS
$3* $
$3*1 $
ORDER CODES
TB2 1600 FRAME
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611
0RGHO ,Q $ 3 3
611
5HDU&RQQHFWLRQ5&
345
ORDER CODES
TB2 1250 AND TB2 1600 FRAMES
SECTION 7
Accessories
)LW$FFHVVRU\ &RGH
&KDQJHRYHU
1RUPDOO\RSHQ%ULGJH$
1RUPDOO\FORVHG%ULGJH%
&KDQJHRYHU$%
1RUPDOO\RSHQ
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
Shunt Trips (SHT)
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
'&9
'&9

ORDER CODES
Accessories
897$&9
897$&9
897$&9
897'&9
897'&9
897'&9
897$&9
897$&9
897$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\$&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
8977LPHGHOD\'&9
Rear Connections for S1250 MCCBs
)DFWRU\)LWFRQWDFW7HUDVDNL &RGH

VWXGV$ERWWRP
VWXGV$WRS
VWXGV$ERWWRP
VWXGV$WRS

3$
3$
347
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
Plug-in conversions for S1250 Frame MCCBs

3$
3$
Control Wiring Connectors for S1250 Plug-in MCCB

&RQQHFWRUVIRU$IUDPH
(DFKFRQQHFWRUKDVWHUPLQDOV
:RUNRXWKRZPDQ\FRQQHFWRUVDUHUHTXLUHGIURPWKHWRWDOQXPEHURIWHUPLQDOVRQDOOLQWHUQDODFFHVVRULHV
$&9WR9
$&9WR9
$&9
'&9
'&9WR9
%ODFNKDQGOH,3;
5HGKDQGOH,3;
%ODFN+DQGOH,3;
5HG+DQGOH,3;
External Operating Handles (Breaker Mounted Type) (S Type)
67\SH%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH5HGKDQGOH,3
67\SH%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH5HGKDQGOH,3
&DVWHOO&DPIRU./RFN

ORDER CODES
Accessories
Rear "See-Saw" Type Mechanical Interlocks for MCCBs with Extension Bars

5HDU0HFKDQLFDO,QWHUORFN$3
2UGHURQHLQWHUORFNEHWZHHQ0&&%V
Rear Wire Type Mechanical Interlocks for MCCBs with Extension Bars

:LUH,QWHUORFN0HFKDQLVPIRU$)UDPH
:LUH,QWHUORFN0HFKDQLVPIRU$)UDPH
2UGHURQHLQWHUORFNPHFKDQLVPIRUHDFK0&&%DQGRQHFDEOHEHWZHHQWZR0&&%V
Handle Locks (HL) and Extension (HA)
+DQGOH/RFN+/$)
+DQGOH([WHQVLRQ+$$)a$)
Terminal Covers for S1250 MCCBs with Extension Bars
3FRYHU$)
3FRYHU$)
349
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
Accessories
,QWHUSROHEDUULHUVDUHVXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
SLHFHVSHU30&&%
SLHFHVZLWKD30&&%
)RUDGGLWLRQDOEDUULHUVSOHDVHRUGHULQGLYLGXDOO\)LHOG)LWDFFHVVRU\
6W\SHV
Lead Terminal Block
/HIW6LGH
5LJKW6LGH
OCR Checker
2&5&KHFNHU9$&
2&5&KHFNHU9$&
External Neutral CTs for 3P MCCBs with Ground Fault Protection
$
$

ORDER CODES
FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
7KHFRPSRQHQWVEHORZPD\EHSXUFKDVHGLQGLYLGXDOO\ZLWK
ZLULQJDQGDVVHPEO\WREHFRPSOHWHGE\WKHFXVWRPHU
$OWHUQDWLYHO\WKHV\VWHPFDQEHSXUFKDVHGDVDFRPSOHWHO\
ZLUHGDQGDVVHPEOHGXQLWIURP alfanar 7HUDVDNL
2UGHUFRGHVIRUWKHQHFHVVDU\FRPSRQHQWVDUHVKRZQLQ
WKHWDEOHEHORZ
$)UDPH3 &RGH )XQFWLRQ
D 7ZR7HP%UHDN0&&%V3 5HIHUWR0&&%RUGHUFRGHV 6ZLWFKLQJDQGSURWHFWLRQRIWKHORDG

$)UDPH
F5HDUPHFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNIRU$3
DOWHUQDWLYHO\EHXVHG&RQWDFW7HUDVDNLIRUDSULFH
G 0RWRURSHUDWRUIRUPDLQV0&&%
5HIHUWRÓ0RWRU2SHUDWRUÐ
6HOHFWFRGHEDVHGRQ $XWRPDWLFRSHUDWLRQRIFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0RWRURSHUDWRUIRUJHQHUDWRU0&&%
UHTXLUHGYROWDJH
H7HP7UDQVIHU:LULQJ3DQHOIRU
$ $
I 7HP7UDQVIHU5HVHW.H\6ZLWFK
2QO\VXLWDEOHZKHQXVLQJ7HUDVDNL:LULQJ'LDJUDP
J7HP7UDQVIHU$XWRPDWLF&KDQJHRYHU
0RQLWRUVPDLQVDQGJHQHUDWRUYROWDJHVDQG
&RQWUROOHU
FRQWUROVWUDQVIHURIORDG3UHFRQILJXUHGWRRSHUDWH
ZLWK7HUDVDNL:LULQJ'LDJUDP

$OVRDYDLODEOHLQ9'&
L 7HP7UDQVIHU,QWHUIDFH.LWRSWLRQDO

2SWLRQDO$OORZVUHFRQILJXUDWLRQRI
7HP7UDQVIHUGLDJQRVWLFVDQGDGYDQFHG
SDUDPHWHUVHWWLQJV
351
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
ZLUHGDQGDVVHPEOHGXQLWIURPalfanar 7HUDVDNL
WKHWDEOHEHORZ

$)UDPH
UHTXLUHGYROWDJH
$ $
&RQWUROOHU

$OVRDYDLODEOHLQ9'&

SDUDPHWHUVHWWLQJV
ORDER CODES
FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
ZLUHGDQGDVVHPEOHGXQLWIURP alfanar 7HUDVDNL
WKHWDEOHEHORZ

$)UDPH
UHTXLUHGYROWDJH
$ $
&RQWUROOHU

$OVRDYDLODEOHLQ9'&

SDUDPHWHUVHWWLQJV
353
ORDER CODES
SECTION 7
FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
ZLUHGDQGDVVHPEOHGXQLWIURPalfanar 7HUDVDNL
WKHWDEOHEHORZ

$)UDPH
UHTXLUHGYROWDJH
$ $
&RQWUROOHU

$OVRDYDLODEOHLQ9'&

SDUDPHWHUVHWWLQJV
ORDER CODES
DC 1250A AND 1600A TEMBREAK MCCBS
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
;61'ZLWKH[WHQVLRQEDUVPDQGDWRU\
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&

'&0DJQHWLFRQO\
;61'ZLWKH[WHQVLRQEDUVPDQGDWRU\
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&
'&0DJQHWLFRQO\
Auxiliary Switches
$X[LOLDU\
$X[LOLDU\
$X[LOLDU\
Alarm Switches
$ODUP
Combined Auxiliary/Alarm Switches
$X[LOLDU\$ODUP
$X[LOLDULHV$ODUP
$X[LOLDULHV$ODUP
$X[LOLDU\$ODUP
355
ORDER CODES
DC 1250A AND 1600A TEMBREAK MCCBS
SECTION 7
Accessories
Rear Connections for 1250A TemBreak MCCBs
6WXGV &RQWDFWalfanar
Rear Connections for 1600A TemBreak MCCBs
6WXGV &RQWDFWalfanar
Motor Operators
$&9
$&9
$&9
'&9
'&9
External Operating Handels: Panel Mounted
67\SH%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH5HGKDQGOH,3
67\SH%ODFNKDQGOH,3
67\SH5HGKDQGOH,3
Handle Lock and Handle Extension
+DQGOH/RFN
+DQGOH([WHQVLRQ
Interpole Barriers
%DUULHU
ORDER CODES
DC 2000A, 2500A AND 3200A TEMBREAK MCCBS
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
;61'
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
;61'
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&
5HDU&RQQHFWHG5&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
;61'
,FX N$#9'&
,FX N$#9'&
5HDU&RQQHFWHG5&
0RGHO ,Q $ 3
;61'
, FX N$#9'&
, FX N$#9'&
5HDU&RQQHFWHG5&
357
ORDER CODES
DC TEMBREAK 2 2000A AND 2500A FRAME
SECTION 7
Accessories
Auxiliary Switches
)DFWRU\)LW$FFHVVRULHV &RGH
$X[LOLDU\
$X[LOLDULHV
$X[LOLDULHV
$X[LOLDULHV
$X[LOLDULHV
$X[LOLDULHV
Alarm Switches
)DFWRU\)LW$FFHVVRULHV &RGH
$ODUP
Combined Auxiliary and Alarm Switches
)DFWRU\)LW &RGH
$X[LOLDU\$ODUP
$X[LOLDULHV$ODUP
$X[LOLDULHV$ODUP
$X[LOLDULHV$ODUP
$X[LOLDULHV$ODUP
Motor Operators
$&9
$&9
'&9
$&9
Handle Locks
+DQGOH/RFN
NOTES
359
NOTES
NOTES
361
Toll free within K.S.A. : 800-124-1333 Overseas : +966-11-494-5404 www.alfanar.com

Technical Catalogue: Moulded Case Circuit Breaker

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Catalogue: Moulded Case Circuit Breaker

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Moulded Case Circuit Breaker

2. Safety Lock For Plug-in Versions

3. Smaller 1000a Mccb

4. Superior Temperature Performance

6. Circuit Breaker With Integral Residual Current Protection (Cbrs)

7. Direct Opening Action

9. New 75mm Wide Mccb Up To 160a, 40ka

10. Visual Safety

ON (I) OFF (O) TRIPPED

alfanar Terasaki have an innovative approach to product design.

TemBreak 2 MCCBs are marked with IEC symbol indicating

Under the heading “Measures to minimise risk in the event of

TemBreak 2 MCCBs help you to comply with the world’s most

ON (I) OFF (O) TRIPPED

Longer Life Cycle

2 Uses Eco-friendly Materials

Lighter and Smaller

RATINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 1

PROTECTION CHARACTERISTICS SECTION 2

APPLICATION DATA SECTION 3

ORDER CODES SECTION 7

S250-NE L400-NE S400-GE

TEMBREAK 2 L125-PJ L400-PE

TEMBREAK 2 VS125-NJ VS250-NJ XV400NE

TEMBREAK 2 ZE125-NJ ZE250-NJ

TEMBREAK 2 S160-SD S250-SD PVS160-SDL PVS400-NDL S400-ND

PVS800-NDL S800-ND XS1250ND XS1600ND XS2000ND

S800-NN S1250-NN S1600-NN XS2000-NN

Tembreak 1. Frame sizes vary from TemBreak 2.

Nominal current ratings

Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 690V AC 6 6

Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 690V AC 6 6

Rated breaking capacity (NEMA) (kA) 480V AC 22 25

Endurance Electrical cycles 415V AC

20,32,50, 50,63,100, 160 160 20,32, 20,32, 160 160 40 40

7.5 (5*) 7.5 7.5 7.5 20 25 20 25 7.5 7.5

7.5 (5*) 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 20 15 20 7.5 7.5

20,000 10,000 30,000 20,000 10,000

Nominal current ratings

Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 690V AC 20 20 20 25

Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 690V AC 15 15 15 20

Rated breaking capacity (NEMA) (kA) 480V AC 35 45 45 65

Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 0.3 Seconds - - - -

Nominal current ratings

Endurance Electrical 690V AC

Standard Optional - Not Available

4,000 4,000 2,000

Frame reference Quantity Unit Condition TB 3200

Nominal current ratings

Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 0.3 Seconds 42 42

Endurance Electrical cycles 690V AC 500 500

Standard Optional - Not Available

MCCB cannot be used in IT systems at this voltage

Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 690V AC 70 70 70

Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 690V AC 33 50 50

Rated short-time withstand Icw (kA) 0.3 Seconds - 5 10

Weight weight (kg) 3 pole 2.4 7.1

Endurance Electrical cycles 690V AC 1,000 1,000 500

Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 1100V AC 4 6 6

Service breaking capacity Ics (kA) 1100V AC 4 4 4

Weight weight (kg) 3 pole 1.1 1.1 1.5

Endurance Electrical cycles 1100V AC 1,000 1,000 1,000

Neutral Protection IN Tripping when (IN 1.05) < load current